The Choice – A Waking Up Story | Full Text

It may be false. It could be true. But one way or another this is a story for our time and somewhere it will probably include you

Introduction

If you live a life where everything makes sense and everything you look, listen to or read during the course of your day seems normal and just as they should be, you are probably alone, but don’t even realise it.

Today, the world is in flux and to anyone paying attention to the things outside of us that ultimately govern how we will feel and experience that life within our heads, minds or the kingdoms that are hidden behind our eyes, it has become impossible to not recognise that the world as we know it is now on the steps of change.

However, that change and the outcomes that will almost certainly follow have not as yet been set in stone and what many people across all parts and all levels of society don’t yet recognise is that we all have a choice in respect of where everything around us and that we have, are and will experience goes.

Unfortunately for many of us, we have become used to just accepting that life or rather the life outside of what we believe to be our own control is something that just happens to us – even though this surrender of responsibility and accountability to ourselves, is actually a choice in itself.

To make choices we need to understand what those choices are and why we do need to make them.

The Choice is a story or a collection of small stories that interlink and effect or are affected by each other, often in ways that are hidden – either accidently, or more often deliberately – from our view.

To understand The Choice requires taking a rational view of what, why and how things are happening as they are now, and asking yourself the question of whether you believe the truth is even possible, or whether it will be easier to continue accepting the lie until the lie itself inevitably ends up delivering what will then have become the unavoidable truth.

Either way, whatever we may or may not believe, we will all be making The Choice, even if we aren’t aware that we are doing it.

Wouldn’t it be better to know what The Choice might be?

Part 1: Lifting the veil

It’s time to jump straight in. Things are changing fast and there isn’t time to sugarcoat the realities that are materializing around us all today.

True or False? Only you can choose. Only you can act upon whatever you decide

You are not a passenger in your life unless you choose to be. It just feels that way.

I’m going to make a suggestion. A suggestion for you.

It doesn’t matter who you are, where you are from, what you do, what qualifications you have, what you earn or anything else that can or could be used to create a difference between us.

My suggestion is that none of that matters to you, because at the end of the day, you feel like life or at least some of the biggest parts of it, are just happening to you.

In fact, no matter how many friends, followers and how popular you are, you still feel alone and not even those who the world sees as being very close to you really know what it’s like to be you or, for you, what’s really going on.

This suggestion is not meant to offend, single out or cast any kind of negative light upon anyone, especially you.

It is intended to set a scene and reveal the commonality that runs between most of us, where we identify with a group or groups. Where we have that idea represented and reinforced in whichever direction we turn. But at the end of the day, no matter what any sense of belonging, we still feel isolated and like we are journeying the world at a very turbulent time, all alone.

The truth always feels negative when it is a stranger

It maybe or maybe not a disclaimer. But there is, nonetheless, a little caveat that we should all consider.

Much of what you are about to read, whether true or false, will be read or heard by many to be negative.

If you believe that it is false, then by all means conclude that it is all negative and perhaps then assume that it was written with the intent that The Choice will convince you to change your mind about your experiences, just because the premise it offers you sounds negative.

The alternative view is that none of what you read is negative at all. It just sounds that way, because it is actually true.

Many of us don’t see that we don’t like to hear the truth about anything, when the lie or the lies that we are living are seen or experienced to benefit us in some way more than the alternative.

If it is true, what follows in the coming pages will certainly make many feel sick. Because the acceptance that what has been written here is true can only come with the realization and acceptance of the part or role that we have all been playing in the creation of the mess that we are all now in.

The upside of accepting the truth is that it provides the best foundation, stepping off point or platform for us all to create change and build something better, voluntarily and by choice.

The group thing

So, here’s the thing. You are not alone. In fact, WE are not alone, and almost everyone feels a similar way.

And it serves someone else’s purpose for as many of us as possible to do so.

In reality, the majority of us have been subject to decades or indeed lifetimes of gaslighting that pushes us to identify with group thinking – or the accepted narrative.

Meanwhile, as the power of the accepted narrative has grown, we as individuals have lost our own power and have come to feel increasingly alone.

This phenomenon actually has a name. It’s called Involuntary Sociocentrism, which makes it all the more concerning, as the so-called experts recognise it and record it as being true.

Some of us might not see or accept any risk or danger from sociocentrism of any kind, especially when it is overtly seen as being ‘normal’ behaviour.

However, the need to feel included, to be part of the group and to conform with whatever is required of us has become very compelling. Even when doing so goes against every instinct and sense of logic or common sense which usually sits at the basis of everyone.

That compulsion is dangerous.

At best, we can believe we are right or doing the right thing when in reality we are helping others with agendas to exclude, ostracize and maybe even criminalise those who are and are just being true to who they are.

At its worst it can end in horrific injustices being inflicted upon people we will never meet.

It’s time to be honest with ourselves – even if it hurts

We cannot avoid who we really are – no matter how long we crush our own truth to please others or to win their favour.

Compromising who we really are never works in the long term. Even though many make choices to conform for fear of loss which can and often do blacken entire lifetimes.

If we believe that we are benefiting in some way; whether it’s for a partner, material wealth, income, career progression, power, influence or anything else that we believe will improve us or our lives, we will typically overlook the consequences, even when either directly or indirectly, our lives and everything around us are on a clear pathway to being destroyed.

The irony is that the fear that has the power to do this to us doesn’t need to be real.

It can be as simple as worrying about what other people might think and how they will respond to what we do that can totally change our world.

The prison of conformity

If you’ve asked yourself the question, “am I free?’ The chances are that your answer was yes.

This will especially be so when you consider the stories we see on the news and the internet that clearly demonstrate what freedom really is with the overwhelming suggestion that we – in the West – really are free in every sense freedom can be.

However, just as you will have watched, read and listened to those messages, perhaps many times, you may also have encountered the saying thoughts become things. And in the sense of what we believe in terms of our relationship with the world outside of ourselves, we can certainly believe that we are free – or rather experiencing whatever those outside of us want us to believe freedom to be, whilst those thoughts and the conformity they require do nothing less than imprison the person, being or spirit that we really are, within.

The freedom that the so-called civilised western world we live in, and experience isn’t freedom at all.

Whilst this suggestion is likely to make many feel prickly at the very least, you only need ask yourself just how often you have had the experience of asking yourself ‘Will I be judged or get into trouble for doing or saying that’, that you can then begin to remove the curtains that have been drawn over society’s understanding of what freedom really is.

Whilst the establishment relies upon us believing so, and therefore that we will conform with whatever they are and may be, the fact that laws, rules and regulations of any kind exist or have been created, doesn’t automatically make them fair, balanced, just or morally correct – simply because they have been stewarded or brought into being by whoever is ‘in charge’.

In fact, the number of laws, rules and regulations that have been created, changed, removed and manipulated over decades, just so they suit the agendas and interests of those who are in charge, have done nothing less than create the prison of conformity that we now find ourselves within.

A prison of conformity that makes us all believe that our own common sense and instincts are wrong, when we see injustice in everything. But then we find that our relationship and fear of the world outside of ourselves compels us to go along with that which somewhere we know we should resist.

If you never question anything, you have become all the world outside of you could ever want

Some reading this will see nothing wrong with the world they live in and experience. They will certainly see no need to question it in any way or at any level.

However, they will be remarkably few.

Those most likely to unquestioningly go along with anything and everything that is happening to us will be those who believe that there continues to be greater benefit for them by doing so, rather than taking risks of any kind or at any level, by being seen by others to be nonconformist in any way.

Many people have bought-in and committed themselves to the way the world works for this very reason – even though that reasoning may not even be conscious. Even amongst people like academics, politicians, business leaders and other people with influence and power – who you might least expect.

It is because the system and the way everything now works appeal to the ‘need’ for material gain, whilst removing our freedoms in exchange, that so many not only go along with it and conform. They also react so angrily and perhaps even violently to those who have chosen not to conform.

Self-awareness is the key to becoming free

Most of us think or rather believe they are self aware, or aware of themselves.

After all, we all know who we are, what we are, why we are like we are, why we think like we do and we are able to think about all of that and understand how it is making us react to everything and every bit of information that is coming at us in real time too, right?

Well, controversial as this might be, the reality is that not nearly as many of us are as self-aware or aware of ourselves as we might believe and lack in-depth understanding of the way we feel about things at anywhere more than a very shallow level.

Knowing how we feel about anything isn’t as simple as knowing why we appear to feel the way we do it.

Really knowing how and why we feel as we do and why our thoughts may have become prejudiced or liable to pre-judge situations that seem familiar, echo or seem to repeat something that we have experienced previously or that we have been told or conditioned to respond to in a certain way before, is vital for us to be fully in control of our responses or to be response-able.

Some people don’t need to be self aware. Because they have a great, healthy and productive relationship with the world outside of themselves and there is no need for them to moderate their approach in any way.

They have great experiences whatever happens, as they do not hurt or affect others with their words or actions, and most importantly, they don’t harm themselves either, by responding to the world in the ways that they do.

Self-awareness isn’t something that can just be switched on.

Self awareness comes from looking at ourselves and who we really are.

It’s about being able to hear ourselves as clearly from within, as it is to hear everything that comes at us from outside, and it can involve a journey within that for even the best of us can at times feel like it’s pretty dark.

However, when we have opened the doorway to understanding who we are and why we are as we are, knowledge can begin to explain the life and experience of life that we are having with everything outside of us.

Most importantly self-awareness also begins to help us understand how and why other people are like they are.

Seeing and understanding who you are, how you can be better and how your state of happiness is and can only be dictated by you, by allowing yourself to be who you really are, will mean you are able to begin to understand what real freedom could really be. It will set you on a potentially very different path.

Relying on feelings or rather, upon emotions rather than self-knowledge and understanding to make our decisions, just makes us vulnerable to the information that comes to us. Messages deliberately designed to make us believe that things and situations are good for us, that when we actually listen to ourselves and the sources of information that we can genuinely trust, would quickly tell us that they are actually no such thing.

Critical thinking is the doorway to a very different experience and life

Whilst it’s not impossible for any one of us to have been born fully aware or as near to being enlightened as it will be possible for anyone having the human experience to be, the reality is that this is not a condition that reproduces itself that often in this world, no matter what many so-called spiritual sages and gurus would like to believe.

It is therefore safe to assume that even the most learned of us; most enlightened of us and the most aware of us, all had to begin on the pathway to understanding themselves and who they are at some point within this lifetime.

Regrettably, there is no idiots guide, quick fix or cheat when it comes to knowing who you really are.

But there is a way to begin the journey there that when used properly and religiously, will help guide you and avoid the problems that the world has set up for all of us along the way.

Put simply, the pathway to awareness begins with learning to always ask questions about anything and everything, and to be confident doing so, even when there appears to be a risk and the possibility of an outcome from doing so that makes you feel afraid.

The gaslit generations

Nobody likes to believe that they have been fooled, no matter who they are, where they come from, what experience they have, what they have achieved or whatever they have done.

However, the real challenge of the awakening question that The Choice hinges upon and what this book is all about, is for pretty much all of us, our parents and our grandparents too, to understand, accept and then work with the reality that we have all been gaslit or have been the victims of gaslighting that has been taking place under the direction of government and the establishment on an industrial scale.

The only things we should care to question about any of this will have been our willingness to go along with and keep going along with the group; of failing to trust our instincts, inner voices or gut feelings, and for failing to ask questions or research and check the validity of all the things we have been told that because of the sources we have simply accepted that they can be ‘taken as read’.

Gaslighting is an horrific form of abuse. It is an act of mental torture that forces people to question themselves, what they know, what they have experienced and what they already trust.

For an abusive partner, colleague or person we have face-to-face contact within our lives is serious enough and now acknowledged by society for the unacceptable behaviour and crime that it can all too often be. Yet for politicians and the establishment to do this to entire populations, just so that they can pursue agendas and plans that those people being manipulated wouldn’t otherwise accept, is itself a next level crime indeed.

Who are you and what is your place in this world?

If you’ve read this far, you are probably ready to start asking the questions that can really start to help restore your own power and understanding of your place and relationship with the world. Even though that will almost certainly be very difficult at times.

Once you can acknowledge that something doesn’t feel right, and that the next step isn’t to automatically go looking in the world outside of yourself for answers, for someone to blame, or for someone who is offering you what may only appear to be the solution, you will already have made a magnificent start.

The pathway of self-awareness is one that is closely accompanied by the state or condition of accountability, or of being accountable and taking responsibility for the role that you play in things. Even when that role is unconscious, without thinking, passive or when it seems that you have absolutely no control.

Accountability and being accountable is the only real way for each of us to begin making a positive contribution to the world around us, at a moment in history that is now looking like it is set to become increasingly challenging for us all.

Part 2: A time of uncertainty when very little makes sense

We’ve talked about how all this feels and why it might be feeling that way for us as individuals.

We have also been told that although it feels like it, it’s actually just a clever trick that is making so many of us feel like we are alone.

Now it’s time to consider at least some of the very different influences in the world outside we are looking at each day that have brought us all to this same place.

What is really going on

No matter the position that politicians and members of the government may openly take, most of us know and realise that there is a direction of travel at work, with life and everything that is going on around us, that didn’t simply kick off on the 5th of July 2024, when Keir Starmer walked through the Front Door of No.10.

In fact, whilst it is easy for the tribalism of the UKs dying political system to cloud the way, and take the ‘it’s your lot that gets everything wrong whilst we can never do any harm’ approach, you will probably be able to identify the presence and continuance of the same rot(ting) that was only too evident within the previous Conservative Administration – no matter which of the 5 different Prime Minsters were ‘in charge’ over a period of 14 years.

Let’s consider the different reasons or excuses that different people attribute to the problems that we have today. In no particular order:

  • The Conservatives
  • The last Government
  • Brexit
  • The War in Ukraine
  • Putin
  • Donald Trump
  • Big Business
  • Labour
  • Empire
  • Covid
  • The government response to Covid
  • Racism
  • Extraterrestrials and/or Lizards
  • Boris Johnson
  • Liz Truss (The very short tenure of)
  • Keir Starmer
  • Rachel Reeves
  • Money
  • WEF (The World Economic Forum)
  • Global Warming
  • Diversity (DEI)
  • Immigration
  • War(s) in the Middle East
  • The Israeli occupation and action in Gaza
  • Jews
  • Islam (The Ummah or whole nation)
  • Radical Islam / Militant Islam
  • The Global Financial Crisis or Great Financial Crisis (GFC)
  • Globalism
  • Politicians (FULL STOP)
  • Nigel Farage
  • Ben Wallace
  • Net Zero
  • Woke policy
  • LBGTQ

And there will be many more besides…

What all these have in common is they represent beliefs, or rather opposing beliefs, instead of being anything that everyone could universally agree upon. Such as we need to eat food, we need air to breathe, and we need water to drink.

Within this context, it would be fair to say and to conclude that there is very little in the world and therefore within our lives that doesn’t exist; has the effect on life that it has, or has the ability to affect us in the way that it does, that isn’t based on what at least a minority or more usually a majority of people believe about the world in some way.

The problem with beliefs, as we have already touched upon above, is that one person can believe something to be true, whilst another person opposing them is certain to be wrong.

Yet they could both be right. They could both be wrong. There could be at least one or more other ‘truths’ that could be right or wrong.

Or in some way or some manner of speaking, there could be a multitude of such truths or perspectives that are all right or wrong in some way too.

Understanding and being comfortable with why we believe anything can either become our jailer or liberator.

We have no choice but to apply the process of analyzing and understanding why we believe, agree or disagree with any of the things that we are experiencing and how we then respond to them, if we want to live in a world that works for us in every way that it genuinely could and arguably should.

Both things can be true

Whatever your view or beliefs may be about anything, they will always be right, correct or accurate for you, yourself, based on what you have already learned or experienced.

We are the sum of our experiences.

But that doesn’t mean that every other person on this planet isn’t right or correct about the sum of their experiences, and what that has led them to believe it at this exact moment too.

Once we find ourselves able to take that step back, being comfortable with what is our own truth, but are then also be able to take the risk of accepting that there are other truths, which consist of experiences outside of our own that may be beneficial to us, when they are added to our own, we put ourselves in prime position to be or to become the change, rather than resisting change at every turn.

The System

The system is everything outside of ourselves.

More specifically the system is the rules, laws, regulations and governance that reach into every part of life outside of us, that appears to make everything work around us in the way that it does.

The system is the laws, rules, regulations and the forms of behaviour that cross personal, business and other boundaries of every kind and create what is considered to be acceptable or ‘correct’ behaviours, actions, words and deeds.

We accept ‘the rules’ of the system, and trust that they are right, and that they exist and work with our best interests in mind.

Yet they don’t.

That’s not the way that the system really works at all.

In fact, the rules, regulations, laws and the way that we behave in just about every relationship that we have, exist and work as they do, because someone we don’t know has put them there or created messages that get us to accept that they are there and have meaning, simply so that everything works in the way that either they or whoever influences them want everything to work.

The trap that so many of us fall into, is to believe that because there is a rule which was created and put in place by the government, a council, a mayor, politician, judge, or because its what we have experienced through the media or through the behavior and words of someone who we follow or admire – that that is the way that we are supposed to behave, and that everyone else is also supposed to behave that way too.

There is a passive acceptance that the rules and ways of living and experiencing life that have come to us this way, or through the messages of any other organisation that can buy its way into our lives through advertising are normal, correct, and proper, and that they are what everyone wants.

The way the system works leads anyone who doesn’t question it to believe that what is legally allowed or correct is synonymous or the same as what is morally or ethically correct.

It is because we have not questioned the difference between law and morality that we have trusted everything without questioning for so long, and why so much is now going wrong.

The Accepted Narrative (Overton Window)

A little earlier, we covered ‘The group thing’, Involuntary Sociocentrism, or the phenomena which is how the need to feel like we are and will remain part of the group and therefore remain included and not excluded.

We understood how participation in group think can lead us to reject our own instincts and common sense and even do things or take part in things that can be very harmful to others who have done nothing more wrong than to behave in some way which doesn’t fit with the behaviour of the whole group.

We then came to the system and a very quick overview of how everything in life today is dictated to pretty much everyone, ironically including many of those who actually believe that they are the ones who are in control.

Knowing how this all works is important because of the collective sharing of the experience we are having and how we got here and how that participation is maintained.

What we all share, no matter our role, position, wealth, demographic or any other ‘label’ that society uses to identify us with some social group or another, when it comes to the messages that flow from the centre that tell us or rather dictate to us what is now deemed to be acceptable, we are all listening and buying into the same narrative(s) on some level. Even though many of the people who have positions of power and responsibility close to the centre often see and believe that the rules or working of the narrative work differently for them.

Whatever the role we play or whatever the impact that any narrative or the list of narratives that are in play will have on any of us at any moment in time, the narrative(s) that we are going along with, because that’s what everyone else does or are expected to do, is or are the ‘accepted narrative(s)’.

Public discourse, or what it is considered acceptable to say, think (yes – the establishment IS trying very hard to make us believe that they have the right to control what you think) and do, all fit within something you may or may not have heard called the Overton Window.

The Overton Window is the badge or label given to pretty much everything that is considered acceptable (behaviour and discourse) across society and the way it works.

Surprising as it may be, the Overton Window changes.

At different times, that change can take place so quickly that many people don’t even realise that it’s changed or even understand how or why it has changed.

The reason for this is that the Overton Window is more about a reflection of what is in fashion at the time.

The Overton Window can and is manipulated by the establishment, so that we can be herded by the individual fences that are used through engineering group think, to make us behave and do whatever somebody somewhere else with the power to dictate these things, wants us all to do.

Like most shared or common terms in public or contemporary use, Overton Window is of course interpreted and reinterpreted to suit the narratives of speakers of all kinds who want to push different agendas of any kind. Whether it’s about wealth, money, religion, immigration, politics, sex, gender, race, globalism or anything else.

The most sinister aspect of the accepted narrative or Overton Window today, is that you or I could quickly find ourselves thinking, speaking or doing something that sits outside what is considered acceptable by the establishment, simply because we haven’t kept up with how things have supposedly changed.

People feel genuinely bewildered by the phenomenon that the adaptive or dynamic nature of the accepted narrative or Overton window. Not least because it feels like something that is happening to us all, rather than something that is being considered and which we all have control.

The reason for this is that we don’t control the narrative. The establishment does.

We will not control the narratives that impact upon any of our lives as we all should be able to, by right, unless those narratives are set by people that we know and trust.

The system is set up so that information just comes at us in every conceivable form.

Yes, it looks like we have choices. But the choices that we have within this system have been created and dictated by somebody somewhere else, and they will inevitably always fit within the accepted narrative, so that it always feels like we are making a safe choice, when we comply or conform.

People can and should be forming and creating their own narratives for life with the people in their lives, within the communities that they know.

But that isn’t something that will ever happen for as long as we trust people we will never meet to make the decisions that affect our lives or continue to surrender our ability to think or interact to the parallel world that exists behind screens, digital tech and online.

The rule of division

You will have heard the phrase ‘divide and conquer’, somewhere before.

The reality that we experience across our lives today runs on the creation of unnecessary divides at all levels and right across business and society, whether it is at personal, business, community, regional, national or international level.

When we are divided, we focus only on the entrenchment of that divide and what it appears to mean to us, rather than why that divide is there or what that divide really means.

When divides between us can be exploited and pushed, they create distraction from what is really going on, much as the best playhouse magician would create ‘magic’ when using sleight of hand to fool an audience or crowd.

By being divided – no matter in what way – we have surrendered our power not only to the argument, but to whoever and whatever it is that will benefit from our focus and efforts being continually applied to anywhere other than where it really should be.

Today, this is the method which is used to distract a significant part of the population and keep our attention away from looking at any of the many things that we are not supposed to see, consider or ever ask questions about in the public realm.

The real black magic that underpins all the things that are hurting us is that we believe in the things that we are told and that things happen in our best interests. Whilst the truth of why things happen and more often than not what is really happening (rather than what the news tells us to believe) has been skillfully hidden in plain sight. So that even when the bullshit fails, those in control can honestly say that must have known what was going on because it was obvious all the way along.

Misunderstanding the role and influence of cumulative events over time

As we reflect on a growing list of dimensions to life where each one feels much more important than all the rest, perhaps one that might just pip them all to the post in any competition, would be the role and perception of time. Or more specifically, the way that many of us do not look at societal problems outside of the context that suggests that cause and effect are happening at the very same time.

When we discussed what is really going on earlier, we considered a list that represents just some of the different things that different people cite as the cause or point of genesis of all the problems that are going on. Or more specifically, the problems in the world as they themselves see them.

If you consider this list and any more reasons that you can think of to add to this list, the chances are that you will be able to see and understand a pattern emerging.

That pattern represents the cause-and-effect relationship between events or outcomes and the actions, behaviour or influence of other people or events that have happened within a short, relatable and recent timeline.

Look even further or more closely, and it may also become apparent that this timeline for many will cover no more than just a few years. With the somewhat bizarre phenomenon then playing a role where everything that has happened previously or before gets whitewashed, zeroed or has been rebooted so that it seems that everything happening is not only isolated, but simply cannot have any kind of connective timeline or relationship with anything that has happened before.

Seeing and understanding how outcomes or rather the problems that society faces today bear any relationship with anything beyond what is therefore obvious just seems too hard for many to do.

Whilst that creates difficulties with understanding how serious the problems we face really are and what it is going to take to get them fixed, because you cannot fix a problem if you do not know how it was caused, it also makes it a lot easier for people to point fingers and to begin to attribute blame. When many of those becoming the focus may indeed be contributing to the problem but have perhaps just carried on carrying the torch of a problem that has been in the working for a long time before.

Perhaps the hardest part of understanding the real chronology of events is crossing the threshold of belief required by the reality that the problems we are experiencing now are not only intergenerational in the making.

In the case of some of the most important problems we have that are affecting so many of us, the timelines that we need to consider may take over 100 years and perhaps 5 or more generations within just that time.

A sensible question, if not a conclusion, would be to ask or believe that only one person or one group of people working together during one period of time could sensibly be considered responsible for whatever they do. But that’s where shared knowledge that benefits those who are in charge, and which can be shared over time with those they then recruit to do their bidding comes into play.

Conspiracies?

A tried and tested or textbook approach to shutting up anyone who has anything to say that could disrupt the accepted narrative or the desired direction of the group, is to brand them as being mad or to label whatever their message might be as a conspiracy theory and them as a conspiracy theorist.

The use of the term conspiracy theory is proving to be somewhat ironic however, as time has began to show that many of the things that whistleblowers, disenfranchised former employees and basically anyone who actually asks real questions, does enough meaningful research and works out what is really going on behind the scenes, has being speaking up about has actually turned out to be correct – not always, but a significant part of the time.

Compelling as the accepted narratives have become, especially when they have been crafted in such ways that it appears there is real, tangible evidence to back up their truth and authority at every turn, those responsible for creating and pushing narratives that benefit themselves, but that are not for the greater good, know that there is nothing more likely to cause them a problem than the exposure to the truth.

And the truth begins to win, just as soon as enough people can no longer be kept happy by the advantages of ‘going along with the lie’. Because they have realised, they will benefit from being on the side of truth – no matter how hard that step might actually be.

Whilst there are some elaborate ideas and explanations out there that really do make the speaker very hard to believe, no matter how credible they may seem, it is often the case that even the strangest tales that people decide to go public with and share will have some truth involved at some level. Even if the way they are speaking can only guide the listener to hidden gems because the signposting arrives in some metaphorical form or way.

What many don’t see, because they haven’t been there themselves, is that wealth and power have a very powerful, toxic and all-controlling effect on even the strongest of minds.

Those who have succeeded in becoming wealthy, in the material sense, will typically do anything and everything to preserve, maintain and grow their control.

When you can fully grasp what terrible things man is capable of in respect of the way that they have, do and will treat others, just to capitalize upon their own role, power and position, it will perhaps then be clearer to see just how easy the unscrupulous find it to use modern tools and a world that is regulated in their favour at every turn, to carry out and effectively hide the crimes which historically were only noted when people were quite literally put to the sword.

Money

For anyone reading The Choice and looking for the fast-track to the root cause of the problem or the secret ingredient that provides the common cause amongst all of the problems that society has, money and the impact that it has had, has now and will continue to have until we make The Choice, is the common factor that runs like a vein of effervescent darkness through it all.

Indeed, the role of money and what it represents to people has been a problem throughout history.

Money is the ultimate go-to outside of us, when it comes to what appears to be the answer to all problems and increasingly the only thing that matters when it comes to solving those problems and the tool that will provide any fix.

The horrors that have been inflicted upon man by other men, just so that they could obtain, increase, posses and profit from money are truly unspeakable.

Whilst the barbarism that the pursuit of money inflicts upon the innocent may no longer openly be represented by the use of weapons or chains, the evolution of the technology that has become the face of money and the people behind it continues to cut, kill, obstruct, trap, manipulate and inflict incalculable pain upon others, through nothing less than the mental anguish that engineered lack and financial insecurity creates.

Not least of all because it is typically the victims themselves who are led to believe that they are the only ones responsible and that for them, there is simply no way out.

Money today is in no way simple. But we are conditioned to believe that it is so.

Money touches, drives, underpins and motivates everything, in every way possible.

What is more, money has replaced any kind of human-orientated value. Instead making the financial outcome of every decision, agenda and purpose the lead factor in any choice we make and the overwhelming factor that influences whatever we decide to do throughout our lives.

No, many don’t see it.

Money certainly takes away and hides our ability to stop, look and listen to everything that is going on around us and outside of us.

But no matter what we are doing and what our relationship with whatever it is that is outside of us, and our immediate relationships are concerned, money and what we will end up with in a wholly transactional sense, is the direction that everyone is now being led.

How money is controlled

One of the biggest problems that humanity has, and that humanity has always had, is that when we are not fully aware of ourselves and what we do or are doing, the human condition always pushes us to want more.

More of what?

Well, more of anything and everything.

And when we left the age of agricultural economies and the industrial and technical ages pushed their influence upon everything, those who were already profiting and doing exceptionally well from the direction of capitalism wanted even more.

The big problem when you have money which is linked or anchored to the value of a finite or fixed commodity – which is where the value is considered to be pegged – is that it becomes very difficult to obtain more of it, when everyone else either already possesses the money that’s available, and in some cases are looking to accumulate and grow the amount of money that they have too.

The Gold Standard was the way that the value of money was last fixed, all the way up to 1971 when Richard Nixion, the President of the United States moved the USA off the Gold Standard and the rest of the world followed suit.

The economic system around the world – or rather, the western led version of economics adopted the FIAT Monetary System, which is itself a key part of Neoliberal Economics and built around MMT (Modern Monetary Theory).

FIAT – which translated means ‘let it be so’ or words that are pretty much to that effect, is a system where money is quite literally created at will. Albeit under a very elaborate banking system and relationship with governments through ‘the markets’, that very cleverly hides the way that money is created. Just enough so that most of the public doesn’t see that it is private bankers and financers who print and therefore control money, hidden behind a system of screens that cleverly draw attention away from what is really going on.

When the Gold Standard existed and was respected, Governments found themselves increasingly restricted by the need to spend money on public services when capitalism was already pushing costs up and delocalising commerce, business, food supplies and everything else that when localised and transparent had kept price rises sensible, if not fully in check.

Those seeking to control a money system who conceived a new system where they could literally print enough money to buy and therefore take control of whatever they wanted, had little difficulty convincing weak politicians to adopt the new Neoliberal Orthodoxy.

Politicians bought in to the new system so that they could participate in using mass-scale accountancy tricks to hide public debt by deliberately growing the amount of money in circulation – so that if it kept growing through ‘growth’ – the scale of debt would proportionally keep getting smaller in proportion to the amount of cash in circulation.

Opening up the economy and facilitating ‘deregulation’ giving power to private interests to pretty much takeover the running of the world through money creation and policing meant that weak governments could keep ‘borrowing’ from private banks that created the money, by using financial tools like bonds which are traded on those open markets.

All well and good if you are a politician seeking to keep your plum job or save your skin.

Not so good if you are just a normal worker or any of the small community businesses that progressively became victims to large corporate businesses that were able to take over markets and buy up businesses and property with money that didn’t even exist.

Meanwhile, the growing pool of money available has only served to immediately devalue every Pound, Dollar or other form of currency that is circulating, the moment that the hidden ‘printing presses’ printed any more.

This is why we are all increasingly getting poor and everyone is getting poorer.

The world runs on pretend money that those in on the con have used to buy things they should never have been able to. The con has gone so far that everything is now breaking, and people are aware things don’t add up. Wait until people awaken and understand why, how and what this really means

How public spending is hidden by ‘Growth’

If you’ve ever wondered why politicians are talking about ‘growth’ to the point that it has become obsessive, you really aren’t hearing things.

Politicians really are obsessed with growth – Because it’s the only way they can keep the plates spinning, stay in power (or get there) and hope to keep everything from falling apart!

At around the same time that the Gold Standard for money was dropped and the FIAT Monetary system was adopted, the use of a statistical tool called GDP or Gross Domestic Product was introduced.

(This was no mere coincidence or accident!)

GDP soon became the world benchmark for judging how productive a country was in terms of the role they were playing when compared to everyone else.

GDP is basically the sum of the country’s business transactions or the number of sales that businesses and organisations that are monitored contribute to the economy in terms of how productive they are.

In its crudest form, GDP is the total money spent, or total amount of money that circulates within the parts of a country’s economic system that is measured within any given period – which is typically a quarter or three-month periods of the year ie 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th or final quarter of a calendar year.

However, the real swizz isn’t that GDP represents the amount of money that really exists being transferred through financial transactions between people’s pockets, bank accounts or in any other way that cash or monetary value can be considered ‘held’ somewhere. The real con of GDP and why growth is so important is that it is the same money being exchanged over and over again or changing hands many different times through multiple transactions, that can and is counted as many times as it passes through a transaction of some kind.

In this way, £1 carefully given, loaned or spent on a product or service that will then be passed through many different suppliers or different points in a supply chain quickly enough to make it make sense, will become worth that number of times more than the original £1 spent – (eg, if the original £1 passes through 10x transactions in that quarter, it actually counts as £10 and helps ‘growth’)

You may have noticed that public debt is always referred to in terms of its relationship with GDP and this is because the percentage of debt is supposed to be maintained at the same or similar proportion for the real value of the debt to remain hidden.

Whilst GDP grows, politicians can borrow more money to keep spending, whilst the borrowed figure always seems to remain static, because we are given the figures as how they stack up against GDP!

What we don’t get told of course is that with every pound added to the amount of money in circulation when it’s not pegged to anything of value, the value of the money that we actually hold (rather than how much something might be worth) keeps going down.

The other thing that nobody mentions is the reality that since the last Labour Government (1997 – 2010) took the decision to bail out the very same banks and financiers who had caused the Great Financial Crisis (GFC), the scale of public debt has exploded as politicians have cared less and less about anything that resembles financial prudence and have relied more and more heavily on buying their way out of trouble with borrowed money, rather than using effective public policy changes in the way that good and uncontrolled politicians once could.

Creating ‘explosive policies’ as a target to fire hose new public cash

One of the most troubling aspects of the way that GDP works and that ‘growth’ has become the key priority for our politicians, is that the government is already struggling to be able to justify the creation (or borrowing) of ‘new money’, when GDP growth is on the verge of going backwards, and the globalisation model that the UK is now completely geared to has pretty much removed all of the industries and organisations from across the Country that until this all started were the UKs natural engines of growth.

The ’growth’ that the politicians talk about therefore must come from the measurements that are made through monitoring and statistics of the ‘productivity’ that is counted towards GDP.

To achieve this, politicians have been and are literally creating exploding  cost centres where cash that has been newly created and ‘lent’ to the government by private banks (that never had it in the first place) is firehosed with the aim that each £Pound they spend will quickly travel through the economy through multiple transactions, making may different stops and transactions, so that the net result is that the economy continues to grow.

The politicians are either beyond desperation already or too ignorant of the workings of the system they are technically in charge of to realise and/or act in any rational way that is necessary to begin shoring up anything that can be protected from the most severe parts of the collapse that is now underway.

It is clear that they will destroy what is left of the system before doing so, even though the reality that they and the generations of politicians that preceded them have created was always going to be the inevitable outcome that we are knocking on the door of now.

The menace of measurement

GDP is a measurement of productivity – albeit one that overtly focuses upon financial transactions in order to define a nations economic health.

When GDP was first implemented, it became the spearhead of an entirely new way of managing, or rather micromanaging, ever more parts of every industry and sector and the organisations and businesses that operate within them.

On the face of it, we are told that measuring the quality of production and management within any type of business setting improves things like safety, quality of goods and working conditions for staff, whilst ultimately ensuring that we get the very best of everything that we should.

What the narrative doesn’t tell us is that anything that can be measured can then be policed and can then be regulated so that those people and organisations who the people controlling the system want to be involved and rewarded can easily be let in or given more of what is on offer. Whilst those same created rules can then be used to push and keep everyone else out, usually because of rising expenses, or increasingly because services and activities that were traditionally done locally now mean that increasing levels of travel and (therefore) centralisation have become involved.

For 50 years, the technology hasn’t existed where every part of life, down to the very basic choices that each of us make every day can be monitored – and therefore restricted.

However, the arrival of digital tech of the kind that we now have available, along with the forms of AI that are now available means that this is no longer the case.

You will not need to look far to begin to experience the practical, far-reaching implications of digital measurement and what our acceptance of these systems will end up meaning just as soon as the options which give us independence from someone else’s overview have been removed.

The installation of smart meters for all the utilities we use within our homes is one such measure that will allow utility companies not only to vary the supply, but to charge us for use at different times under a system that they have called ‘surge pricing’.

This massive technical intrusion will also allow these privately owned businesses to switch the supply of essential utilities off whenever they decide.

In a similar way, the push towards electric cars may be sold to us as a push towards greener living (which itself has many questions that need answering), but is itself a giant step towards policing our every move through a transport system that can be monitored at every point, shut off at will, priced variably and therefore take away the opportunity for people who can still afford to own transport of their own to have the independence that combustion engine vehicles that ran independently with fuel supplies that it is impossible to monitor.

With every new part of life that we allow to be pushed online and into the digital sphere, on an app or tied to the internet in some way, we surrender another part of our freedom and also our humanity towards a destination where without waking up to what’s happening, we will all soon be restricted in areas of life and daily activity that we have always taken for granted, where we are already being ‘rewarded’ for whatever we do to conform or whatever is deemed to be right.

Use it or lose it is a phrase that we should all be shouting to ourselves at pretty much every point in our day.

Cash and our ability to learn, research and think critically without using AI are the most obvious ways that we are being stripped of our independence each day, and there are certainly many, many more that will come very quickly if we do not change paths.

Social Credit scoring already exists and is enforced in China, where pretty much everything is policed and every activity is monitored, measured and watched.

Western elites have seen this with eyes of envy and have little doubt that universal digitalisation of our lives is the surest way that they can cement control of everyone – no matter what lies ahead.

The duplicitous role of The National Debt

Many will have heard of Public Debt or The National Debt, especially in the context that some still use to suggest that the UK (and other countries) can and soon will go bankrupt.

However, whilst few in politics, the establishment or the media will suggest otherwise, the Public Debt is quite literally the amount of money that the government owes because of overspending and the interest that they are paying on the bonds that they have sold, in order that they had that money to spend in the first place.

Putting aside the reality that private banks create or print the money that governments are borrowing (by selling bonds), those bonds are then also being bought with money that also doesn’t typically exist.

The government is also then paying interest on our behalf to borrow all that money that doesn’t actually exist, with the banks and people who are in on this massive con, raking in unimaginable amounts of money which they are then using to buy everything that once had real value to all of us, all so that just a few will end up with compete control of everything.

Bankruptcy of nation states doesn’t happen under this system. Just as long as everyone who’s on the inside plays ball

Whilst greater numbers of people are now awakening to the realities that we face, usually in relation to the areas of life that they have the most reason to understand – few who are looking more closely really understand that unlike people or small businesses, a country cannot go bankrupt when money can be printed at will to cover the cost of everything that the politicians decide to pay for – no matter how ridiculous their decisions might later prove to be.

However, whilst the money cannot technically run out, it remains possible and in fact increasingly likely that the amount of money in circulation, that stupid political decisions keep adding to the economy to stimulate the growth they need to save them, will devalue the money that we all have by so much that inflation will make life impossible for everyone but the very wealthiest to afford, and the country and the systems that we have will just come to a halt. (Assuming that other events don’t take over first)

Ironically, whilst all the money that the government is using doesn’t really exist, because the power to create and lend – or for the money to be provided to buy up bonds, is all in the hands of private interests, the bankers and financiers can and very likely will refuse to keep buying up the bonds that the government needs to sell, if that is the terms under which the markets – which are again completely in on the game – charge too much interest on the bonds which effectively lead them to become junk.

Some will argue that this is what bankruptcy at the national level really means. Yet whatever you may or may not choose to call this situation, it will and can only be one that is ultimately the responsibility of everyone who has played a part in the creation, development and in maintaining an entire system that was crooked.

It is a deliberately biased and self-serving system that has been causing increasing, yet wholly avoidable levels of pain to millions of people, just so that a few could ultimately control wealth, ownership and every rule, regulation and law that governs human life.

However, it does and can only continue to run by ensuring that decision makers – that’s the real decision makers in government – are always ‘in’ on everything, but only know enough to make what they are doing by being duplicitous seem logical, correct and enacted on the basis that they know its in the best interests of all the ignorant people who cannot make good decisions for themselves.

Oligarchs, Oligarchy and The Moneyocracy

We, the everyday people, many of whom are struggling more and more to make ends meet, even when working long hours and feeling like life just revolves around work (because it increasingly does), look upon the billionaires, oligarchs and elites with a sense of awe and with a cringeworthy kind of respect and reverence. All for no better reason than most people would wish to be in their position without giving the matter another thought.

However, there is nothing normal, sensible or indeed human about the levels of wealth that now exist amongst the few.

The reality that we all need to wake up to, is that the entire system has been changed, manipulated, reformed and added to in order for it to become one where we worship money and those that are seen to have made it are worshipped and revered as if they are the living gods of our age.

What we don’t see within this Moneyocracy – or system where money is the only thing that is genuinely valued, is that it has only been possible for the wealth disparity that we are now experiencing across the world to exist, because those with power and responsibility have allowed the system to be evolved and developed to become one which is no better than a giant monopoly game, and it’s one that is actually played by and controlled by a group of cheats.

Money is a game with real life consequences for everyone

We all must be very clear about the system today and the way the world is currently working:

The levels of wealth accumulated; the expanding property portfolios, the public infrastructure takeover and businesses that have been developed and then bought up; the mind boggling levels of ‘investment’ in tech which blows our minds whilst offering the owners sinister levels of control – and much more ownership and the power, control and influence that is being funnelled towards fewer and fewer as a result of it all – NONE of this would have been possible without a mechanism of printing or creating money that we have all been fooled to believe has value, from nothing.

We cannot call the processes, changes, opening of markets, deregulation, tightening of standards or indeed any of the clever tools, devices and methods that have been used to swallow up ownership and control of everything that has value a crime, because the rules were changed using politicians and genuine governance processes to achieve the end result.

However, not being a crime doesn’t make any of this, at any level right, correct, moral, ethical or principled in any way.

People at all levels of society are being robbed of anything and everything that all people have the right to have access to, possession of, use of and the freedoms that go with all of this – and most notably the right to be able to function independently in return for any kind of contribution or work, and the whole system has been developed over a period of more than 50 years so that few would ever see what was happening to them – rather like the boiling frogs – until it was too late. As it is right now.

This is the perfect crime. Because every law, judge and legislator can suggest there is anything legally wrong with anything that is being done.

A system that can only enrich the few by impoverishing the many

Many myths have been created by the establishment to give the impression that the system we have today is good for everyone and that anyone doing their bit and playing along will thrive – and thrive even more if they fully conform and do everything that the system expects of them.

One of the cruelest myths – and many of them are very cruel indeed – was the creation of the ‘tickle down economics’ lie, that suggests people at the top of the money pyramid getting richer means everyone else in the layers or tiers below them automatically doing better and better, because the money always trickles down.

The problem is that within this system, created money may as well be called boomerang money. Because the way that people use and behave with money varies massively according to what they actually have or have the ability to earn.

Money always heads straight back to the place where it was created – or its source, where those who created it, are made wealthier and wealthier by the money flowing back, whilst they either print more to lend the people that the system they control is impoverishing and then charge interest upon it, or lend it back again, doing exactly the same.

The financial, economic and monetary system that we have today was designed this way. And the way it was designed means that the poorer get poorer – because the system cannot and will not work in any other way.

Those in the middle – who haven’t awoken to the reality that they and everyone outside the bubble and sphere of those controlling all this are being robbed – whilst gaslit to make it seem like they are the ones who are at fault because they aren’t keeping up – still look at those on benefits and using food banks as if the poor and vulnerable and those on benefits are in a mess of their own making.

Yet it is only the way that money now works and is controlled – and the shameful role that governments and politicians are playing by stacking the deck against the very people who elected them, that has, is and until change comes, will continue to mean that things go on this way.

The minimum wage isn’t anywhere near what it costs to live at all

Today, in the UK, and probably in many other countries too, what is considered to be the legitimate benchmark of life affordability – the minimum or living wage – is significantly lower than what it should actually be.

Yes, there have been what those on low wages will certainly interpret as being jumps in the legal rate or floor – most notably to £12.21 in April 2025 – some three months before I sat to write this book.

Yet in October 2023, a rough calculation I completed suggested that what it would cost a single person to live independently of benefits, charity or debt – or to be ‘financially free’, would be at least the equivalent of £14.00 per hour – at that time – and therefore at least £2.00 per hour short (net) of what that true benchmark for living would be for anyone working at least 40 hours per week.

That benchmark for living has gone up since then. And it has gone up a lot.

Yet the statistical figures for the rates of inflation suggest that the rise this year was generous. When anyone doing a regular shop in a well-known supermarket in the UK will have seen how prices of the things that people use and need every week don’t just jump by a few percent. But can do so at around 10, 20 or even 30% at one time.

Every month the establishment announces the rate of inflation which is then celebrated by politicians and the media alike as if it is the cost of living coming down, when in fact even 0.01% inflation still means that prices are continuing to go up!

The uncomfortable truth that we can be sure at least some of the thinkers with offices along the corridors of Whitehall and Westminster already know, is the lowest paid in the UK – or anyone that the narrative tells us should be forced to join them on minimum wage, is not and will not earn what it will cost them to live independently without help of some kind.

When that help comes with all of the emotionally destructive, human-devaluing and demeaning attitude that comes from within many parts of a system that doesn’t value those it says are not taking part, what incentive is there for anyone to ‘lift themselves out of the gutter’. When they will still get all of that, and then have to work hours for an employer where it is just as likely, that because they are in a ‘minimum wage’ job, they will be treated by employers and customers just the same?

Yes, we can be sure that people in power or within the groups of experts who influence them know that they are gaslighting people at an epic level. Indeed, it may well be the case that it was a rather messy attempt to at least find a way to navigate what is actually an unnavigable problem that the current Labour government has struggled to make the term ‘working people’ catch on and captivate in the way that the marketeers and nudgers intended.

The reality is that if this government, or any government were to openly say that the minimum wage isn’t enough for anyone to live on independently without help – and did so in a way that really made clear what the cost of this injustice, not only to the low paid, the vulnerable and poor, but to everyone else outside of the elites bubble itself, the whole thing would immediately crash to the floor.

Subscription Payments and buying everything by contract

One of the particularly insidious ways that commercialisation of everything for profit is now reaching into everything and making it increasingly difficult for people to change priorities when their circumstances change, is the all too common use of subscriptions and payment contracts that often require contract defined commitments where agreed regular payments must always be made, at the risk of damaging your credit worthiness if you don’t.

No, it is not as simple as saying ‘don’t buy what you cannot pay for’.

Many of the goods and services are things that people need to be able to function with the requirements that the current system places upon them and where group think and what culture tells everyone they must have to keep up then takes over.

Loss of salary, changes in circumstances and anything that can momentarily change income can and will remove the remaining disposable income of people who are earning considerable salaries and leave them needing help from food banks or other sources that few take time to try and understand the implications of using, even when those reliant upon them are the poorest in the land.

Credit Scoring

Our credit worthiness or credit score has become so important that we can now pay a monthly subscription to companies that monitor it and give us tips and advice on how to make it better.

What many people don’t realise is that the businesses that monitor our financial activity and that track our credit history are all private companies too and they provide data directly to the private companies that lend us money or provide the finance for the goods and services that we want to buy or pay for too.

This wouldn’t be too bad, were it not for the reality that a poor credit score can make it impossible for people to borrow or finance anything and may even make it impossible to get a bank account.

The companies that have this power over our lives are not government organisations at any level and this whole process – which can quite literally govern our lives already – is in the hands of the very people who are making money out of our every action at every turn.

We should not forget that these financial businesses usually don’t even have the money that they are lending or sending to the businesses that we lease things like cars and motorbikes from, and they are then charging large amounts of interest for having done so.

It is certainly very strange that they then have the power to wreck the lives of people struggling to pay or who for any reason they cannot pay the money back, when that money didn’t even exist in the first place – don’t you think?

The patriarchy and top-down

The whole system and what we have come to accept as being the ‘natural’ structure of the system is a hierarchy.

But it’s not just a hierarchy; it is a hierarchy that has always revolved around dominancy of men and putting men – or the values that men have come to represent – at the lead of every level and all the way to the top.

This Top-down system or ‘Patriarchy’ flows insidiously throughout the workings of life and is as strong – as if not more so – than ever. Even though there are plenty who believe that suffrage movements, feminism, equal opportunities and even the diversity movements of recent times have already won.

This system works by favouring those who are in favour and therefore at every level of this pyramid, the people who buy in to the moneyocracy in every sense and commit themselves to the glories that are fed to them, at each and every step that is opened to them as they climb towards the top.

As people who benefit from the patriarchy make their way up, the systems, processes, cheats and lets call it ‘magic’ that is used to keep people buying things they don’t need, living beyond their means, and doing things which are self-destructive and often personally harmful – often overriding common sense and the intrinsic voices or feelings that tell them ‘no’ or ‘stop’, are shared, just as the benefits of staying on board and on message are revealed.

The system is so well developed and appears to be so credible – not least of all because so many laws, rules and regulations now appear to make everything that benefits the system legal – that people at even the highest levels – and that does mean many politicians, ministers and even prime ministers, are likely to believe that what they are doing and what they are facilitating is good for everyone, and is certainly not in any way wrong.

The Fifth Column has already taken over

If you have a moment, do take a look at the meaning of Fifth Column. It’s a term that has been around from the World War II era that had great meaning and was spoken of by Churchill.

A fifth column describes the insidious action and behaviour of organised groups that entered and embedded themselves within and across the establishment with the purpose and intent of destabilising it, changing government direction and ultimately, to facilitate a takeover, usually for an enemy or foreign power.

The historic use of the term Fifth Column is highly valid today, as government and the establishment of the U.K. does not prioritise and therefore does not work for the very people that it represents, or that it has been elected by, on trust.

Since the election of the current Labour Government in July 2024, many more of us have begun to see and recognise highly questionable policy making and decisions from those who lead us, bringing into sharp focus the question of who our politicians actually serve. Given the decisions they are making and the problems that they talk about fixing, only ever keep getting worse.

Public policy decisions should always be made in the best interests of the public that the decisions are being made on behalf of.

Within a genuine democracy, there is no excuse for the wrong people to be in power and therefore for decisions that don’t actually serve the best interests of the public to be made.

What we can clearly see is that no matter who their master actually is; whether its just money, greed and advancement, the globalists at the WEF or the EU, or whether the people we have elected are just to incompetent and stupid to understand what making decisions on behalf of the many really means, the UK system of government has been taken over by a Fifth Column.

The U.K. is today at the mercy of a Fifth Column that is destroying the fabric of our culture and society in the pursuit of aims which do not serve the greater good. Whilst everyone involved or benefiting is happy to gaslight the people who they either represent or are working for into believing that the truth of our own eyes and ears is wrong.

Politics and the misuse of power

Many of us are still looking to the political sphere in the believe that it is still capable of solving all the problems that we can see to be growing – but more specifically the problems ‘out there’ that relate to you and to me.

You may have heard the saying ‘a week is a long time in politics’.

It is regrettable that this rule has an unfortunate habit of applying to how each and every one of us look at politics, what we expect from it and what we quickly forget when we are making judgements or allowances for those, we support versus those we oppose.

Tribalism and the group or subgroup dynamic of politics have become so rigid or emotionally entrenched that remarkably few of us are able to live, feel or see the massive range of commonalities that we all share.

Instead, we seek to cling to the wreckage of everything that decades of political mismanagement have already destroyed – all in the name of policies which even when they have a tint of real value, we have a tendency to reject without question, if it has been brought into being by a political group that was never our own choice.

In reality, there is very little good that now comes from within the existing political sphere.

The good outcomes that do come from government and the public sector are created either by accident or as a beneficial consequence, rather than the intended aim or benefit, which will almost certainly have been either a politically expedient choice, or more recently part of some strategy which is taken as read by politicians when advised by so called experts and accepted within a very complicated policy environment of bing the only viable choice.

We may not see it, but ALL of the political parties who are offering up their candidates in elections today are offering us and our communities nothing other than maintaining the status quo or what is regrettably the establishment choice, always to benefit them and someone else.

We don’t choose our political representatives; the parties do, and it is rare although not impossible for us to be able to choose even one candidate who has the skills, experience, understanding, motivation and commitment to public service which could work out better for us in a system which itself is fundamentally broken.

The system could work better, if we all paid more attention and were committed to contributing to the process of vetting and appointing the people we elect at every election time. Even if that were to be the limit to which we became involved.

Instead, we are at the mercy of a self-interested clique, masquerading as a range of different ideologies and motives, fighting to deliver the greater good, which has been taken over by compromised and self-interested people and a system that has absolutely zero to do with public benefit at its heart.

Labour

Let’s begin with the current ‘party of power’ first, as most of us will relate whatever is going on in the media to them.

They are of course the Labour Party, led by Keir Starmer, who is supported by a handful of fairly well-known names such as Rachel Reeves, Angela Raynor, Wes Streeting and a ‘government’ which at the time of writing holds 403 of the seats in Parliament with a working majority of 165 (which is regrettably big enough for any party to do pretty much do as they please (or as the PM pleases…), as long as its MPs continue to do whatever they are told.

Most people go along with the myth that the Labour Party are still the political party for the workers.

People believe this because Labour are seen to be on the left of the political spectrum, are considered to be socialist within the accepted narrative, and perhaps most importantly, because historically speaking, the Labour Party evolved from the Labour Movement and the outcomes that they arguably achieved during the first half of the 20th century, history tells us that the Party has been massively beneficial to the working classes across the UK.

However, as is often the case with anything to do with UK politics, government and the public sector, once Labour had pretty much achieved the good that it could, those remaining within the movement didn’t step back and say, ‘we’ve done what we set out to’.

No, instead they found or created new ways to keep themselves, their movement and what the Labour Party was doing ‘relevant’, increasingly creating more problems than they were actually fixing, as they have identified more and more issues that have divided people, that anything that genuinely needed to be addressed previously or exists.

Muscle memory is a powerful force within the sphere of politics. It is this that really makes many people who support Labour, and the Left believe that what they are giving their votes and in some cases membership fees is still a worthy cause and one that genuinely seeks to improve their lives – in the way that the Party historically once did.

Today, the Labour Party is a textbook example of everything wrong with British Politic being pushed into the daylight by having politicians in power and in parliament who really never should have found their way there.

People question what Labour stand for, because they don’t stand for anything that normal people recognise as what we either voted for or need to see happen in politics in a way that will make a tangible difference for us, our communities and the things that really matter.

The Prime Minister himself is on record answering that he prefers Davos (The WEF) to Westminster when asked. This is a statement that should tell you all you need to know when it comes to the decisions that have been made that make no sense and seem to have defied any form of real and meaningful consultation – even for the hundreds of MPs who are actually involved.

Sadly, whilst Labour may in truth be agents of change, working at double quick speed to implement everything that the WEF demands of those who it has power over and influences, it would be as ridiculous to believe that a change in Labour leadership is all that it would take to re-right the ship we are all on, as the U.K. heads seemingly rudderless towards some very dangerous rocks.

The economic, monetary and financial system that ALL of our politicians have been facilitating and pushing for over 50 years is now coming to an end.

Labour is currently the political party most likely to be in place (or power) when a system that was never sustainable but was always about theft from the masses collapses and we are left to see what is left and who will be there to run everything when the music finally stops.

As we will discuss with the political parties and movements coming next, every one of them is tied to the same system and way of thinking that has brought the UK (and the world) to this point.

Without fail, all of them are currently avoiding planning policy in any manful way and won’t even acknowledge what is going to happen next.

Reform

Next on the list is Reform.

Reform come next, because at the time that this book was being written, the polls in the UK suggested that Reform – led by Party Leader Nigel Farage, were on course to be the biggest Party. by number of seats, following the next General Election, with the possibility that they would win an outright majority (as Labour did so at the July 2024 General Election).

Regrettably, Reform really isn’t all it seems.

What many considering voting for them in any coming election don’t appreciate is that Reform is as establishment as any of the other political parties that are currently available to vote for. Even though they have to date found success in the creation of a perception that the establishment position and all its workings are a key part of what they intend to replace.

Sadly, there are some very dangerous parallels between Reform and the approach that Donald Trump has been taking during his second term in office as President of the United States.

All that Farage and those around him are seeking to do today is streamline what’s left of a broken system, so that everything works better for them.

What many of us don’t see about Reform and Nigel Farage in particular, is the policies that we can see, either through what they have made clear, or from what they are saying and doing already, are completely aligned with global or neoliberal orthodoxy.

It’s a clear juxtaposition between what they are and what they stand for, and what the public really believe.

Riding the crest of the wave of public feeling is clever and effective for any politician. But it isn’t leadership at any level.

Farage is a highly captivating figure nonetheless and as is the case with so many of the problems that we all should be seeing, we have a habit of assuming that the speaker will take care of all our problems, for no better reason than they are articulating how we feel about things or what concerns us, perhaps better than we can actually put those feeling and thoughts into words ourselves.

Reform is a potential danger to us all.

There is no evidence to suggest that the way the Party is currently being managed will change in any way before the next election, and that everything that the party representatives or its elected politicians (who should only be representing all of us) will therefore do, will be dictated from the centre, on an even more damaging level than what the Conservatives gave us during the last government and what Labour are giving us now.

It is no lie to suggest that on the current trajectory and what we are already experiencing, giving power to Reform will be no better than electing a dictatorship formed around the cult of Nigel Farage.

With the direction we can already see that the Reform Party is going today, this will not be a good dictatorship. But rather one that promises to make the current situation much worse and therefore very bad indeed.

The Tories

The Conservatives don’t actually know who they are and what they are there for (other than for themselves).

Few Tories, if asked, will be able to provide you with a coherent idea of what being a conservative actually is.

Many will call themselves Thatcherites as a fallback suggestion, in the sense that everyone surely knows what Thatcherism was, that it was good for us, and that being seen as being like Thatcher is what winning for any good Tory looks like and means.

Regrettably, whether intended or not, Thatcherism was a trojan horse for the neoliberal, globalist and money centric policies that have progressively wrecked everything good for people and the UK over decades, for nothing more than power and the fuelling of greed.

However, of the political parties that are capable of getting their candidates elected, the conservatives are the party most likely to be able to change.

Not because the others can’t. But because the Tories have just undergone a humiliating public collapse at last year’s General Election that should have woken them up enough to see and understand that the policy platform that they share with everyone else cannot just be repackaged and resold anymore.

If that’s not enough, the latest revelations about the Super Injunction covering the fall out, implications and government responses to the Afghan Data Breach and what that really means should tell them that there is nothing good that as a Party that they can hold on to from the past.

People now need something very different from politicians and the circumstances that the UK faces today are where genuine leadership must be born, if we are to share anything that resembles a good future.

Regrettably, the Tories have so far only proved to demonstrate that they remain stuck in the idea that politics in the UK just follows a set kind of cycle where the two main parties take it in turns to have power, and that with Labour tanking as they are already, things will come back around to them much more quickly than 2 or 3 parliamentary terms, once people get tired of Farage and realise that hes not actually offering anything new.

Even conservative politicians know that the Party is now finished, without there being a very profound level of change, that itself requires that they show a level of contrition that openly and honestly recognises the part that the Tories have played over a period of decades in bringing the UK to its knees.

If you cannot see this yourself, just have a quick look at the series of defections from the Tories to Reform.

Whilst you are there, do consider the reality that Reform is likely to already be on a pathway to becoming just a new, repackaged version of the Conservative Party that we all remember – not least of all because it contains a growing number of the very same politicians.

Together, in this hybrid ‘ReConservative’ version, everything will at its core just be the same, neoliberal, global money-centric same, albeit presented differently, not least of all because the top-down dictatorship that has for so long run the conservative party structure will have broken into the open with the model we can see unfolding under Reform.

Lib Dems

We cannot discount the presence of the Lib Dems. Because they have certainly been hoovering up council and parliamentary seats, where voters who are disenfranchised with Labour and the Conservatives have taken their vote when Reform (or any of its previous incarnations) has not felt like a plateable choice.

The Lib Dems themselves evolved from the Liberal Party which formed 4 governments in the time that it existed up until 1988, but really found itself on a pathway of descendance, once the Labour Party came into play as the left-of-centre political force.

The inclusion of Liberal in the Party name is a misnomer these days, as either being liberal or indeed the pursuit of liberalism itself isn’t what the Party is genuinely about.

What many don’t see is that the very open pro-EU approach that the Liberal Democrats have, is itself at best little more than subjugation to a globalized, centralised and top-down political model.

At worst, it is an outright surrender to the bureaucratic takeover of everything that is destroying our culture, communities, independent business practices and everything of value – including our humanity, even though the Party present themselves as being the agents of freedom and genuine choice.

Political parties and movements can call themselves whatever they like – and they most certainly do. But without exception – and certainly so in the case of the Liberal Democrats, what they say they are and what they will do when they have power bears no relationship with the outcomes that they create in office or when they have influence upon power, no matter the level of government to which their candidates are elected.

Advance UK, Restore Britain and others

The uncertain times we are in have created an environment where there are plenty of people who look at what is happening and quickly conclude that they could and would do better in charge than whoever they are watching on stage.

Sadly, many of those same people are also unaware that one of the reasons that the British political system is in this crisis, is because there are already far too many politicians who pushed their way into the system, who are just like them and put themselves forward based primarily on politics being perceived as a place where they could do well, just for them.

To say that there is an ego problem in politics today would not be overstating the kinds of issues that we face in any way.

Looking back over the past 10 years alone will demonstrate a conveyer belt filled with Prime Ministers who have reached the top of the political and government tree, not because they were genuine leaders who were committed to public service and doing what is best for everyone. But because they were very good at saying yes to all the right people on their way up and then continuing to do what they were told by the advisers and experts around them, who they naturally assumed were competent and able to do their jobs properly and selflessly, when they got to the top.

One of the biggest tells or giveaways that should sound the alarm for us all is the number of times we hear politicians modeling themselves on historical figures like Churchill or Thatcher, whilst making clear that is the kind of leader they will be.

Yes, we can all read biographies and often many of them too. But the thing that makes any politician a good leader is that they are able to lead on their own and be leaders of their own time.

The triopoly that the Conservatives, Liberal Democrats and Labour have enjoyed as long as anyone alive can remember has itself been greatly influenced and effected by the agendas that have been increasingly at work behind the scenes.

It is no mere coincidence that all of these political parties are filled with candidates and politicians who conform completely and do whatever they are told to, just to get on.

Such an environment certainly encourages people who become politicians and find themselves in the public eye to believe that they are special or different. And that once they see how things work from the inside, that they are not governed or restrained by any of the normal kinds of rules that everyone else outside must follow.

It’s not difficult to see and hear the disillusionment that so many members of the public have. Especially when you are enclosed within one or more of the bubbles that politics and all the forms of media that we use either are already or create echo chambers, where follows, likes and subscribers can very quickly convince anyone to believe their own hype.

So when politicians fall foul of the political mechanisms within the parties – which are pretty much dictatorships in their own right and run very undemocratically (although this is something none of us are supposed to know), it is not uncommon for them to believe that they can start a new party or political movement and that they will then quickly become the next best thing.

To be fair to the two figures who are currently in the public eye who we will now discuss, Reform has certainly lent itself to the idea that any new party will win anywhere in any election over recent months. But this isn’t actually the case.

Reform is only as popular as they are now. Because there isn’t an alternative that not only crosses but actually builds bridges across all of the political divides.

Politicians are aware of the things that need to happen. But saying (or promising) and doing are very different things.

Although Rupert Lowe MP and his new ‘movement’ Restore Britain tell us that they are welcoming people from all political directions, the mere fact that they are looking for funding for what seems to be being presented as a think tank (at this stage), whilst there are clear designs to become a new party that can upstage Reform, (where Rupert Lowe’s political name was made) doesn’t give us anything more than yet another version of the same promises we have heard so many times before; namely that ‘we are really different!’

It’s not hard to see why Lowe has a big following. He is perceived by many who follow him to be a very good MP.

Lowe does come across very well. Because he always seems to be busy raising issues and acting in any capacity that he can.

However, Lowe is only a good politician in comparison to all the others. Without fail all elected politicians should be making the kind of noise about issues that cross their desks, just like he does.

Actions speak much louder than words. And whilst Ben Habib, the former MEP who has also come from Reform, actually launched the Advance UK Party on the same day, Ben is also someone who has all the credentials of a politician suited to these times. But not for the change, transformation and management of a future that none of us should be happy allowing the past to define.

The one important thing to bear in mind about the political structure we have today and the politicians who occupy it, is that without fail, any of those names and faces we can see either are or have been part of the problem.

Whilst it’s not impossible for anyone to change, there is little to suggest that any of them really have. As such, voting for the same people is just going to keep delivering the same outcomes, when it comes to what they actually do.

Anyone can speak well and appear highly credible with the way that the media works today. However, it is the action and delivery that counts and as things stand at the time of writing, there is no political group, party or movement available to the voting public that will or is capable of taking the UK a different way.

Who are ‘They’?

‘They’, is a term or reference point that is likely to have appeared frequently within The Choice and is very common within the lexicon of terms or parlance of anyone sharing views, opinions and understating that sits outside of the accepted narrative.

Because speaking up about the topic ‘They’ sits outside the accepted narrative, it has itself become a term of ridicule to those committed to the system. With the seemingly unanswerable question ‘Who are They’ often being employed as a way that is seen to debunk any story where a reference to ‘They’ is contained. Because nobody can or will identify who ‘They’ are.

It’s time for the world to see for itself that this giant, system wide conspiracy is not only real. The reason that it works so well, seems credible and sits beyond question, is because so many of the managers, public servants, legal specialists, politicians and even world leaders who have made it all happen and are working to fulfil the real aims that are at work even now, are rarely, if ever fully aware of what the complete or full strategy or plan really is.

Yes, there are those who wish to go a different way. But many of the highest-level participants are held within their roles and forced to fulfill their commitment by being compromised. Usually because they were open to morally questionable actions or activities in the first place.

The secret sauce of the whole plan is the presence, creation and pursuit of so many different cover stories and their related policies that are so compelling, convincing and which in their own right can create mass buy-in across whole populations. Whilst playing on the knowledge that we have steadily been conditioned to accept the can we are handed, without ever questioning the contents that are contained within.

‘They’ are so many in number and have so many different roles that ‘They’ are impossible to count.

‘They’ are the foot soldiers of this whole extraordinary thing, that itself is led and controlled by generals, who the world rarely, if ever, actually has reason to see.

The system is the conspiracy of all conspiracies.

The system touches all of us and every part of society.

Its genius is the time and patience that it has taken those committed to it all to roll out in ways that have made normal, everyday people like you and I believe that this is ‘just the way things are’ and that we have been made to believe that we bear any and all responsibility for everything that is now going wrong.

They’ are very real. But to identify one rather than all is ridiculous. Because until now, we have all refused to question the legitimacy and scope of their roles.

The Destruction of Identity and Values

Money in the form it is used and worshipped today has become a poison that has been slowly destroying everything that we might consider to be ‘human’. Whether it be social skills and interaction, care for the community, care for the environment, basic good manners and politeness to others and basic respect for anyone who doesn’t possess more or at least the same.

Whilst the addiction that the whole of society has towards money is as much a condition, illness or even sickness with incalculable effects on the mental health of people irrespective of or the nature of their relationship with money, the reality is that like any addiction, such as drug abuse or alcohol dependency – which are very much the same thing but different because everyone is on board, the reality is that for many, there are circumstances that although difficult to embrace, would result in a cure.

One thing that people or rather groups of people who identify as communities or have common ground that they use to identify with, of any kind, cannot come back from, is no longer having that sense or belief in being able to create a better future for everyone, if that identity is destroyed.

There is an aspect to life as we know it and being who we are which is the real foundation – or rather that has been the real foundation of everything at all levels of our society that we need to regain. That’s our culture, rules, morality, way of life.

That’s the sense of who we really are at a personal level and the values or natural or observed rules that make us all function normally as human beings.

With time and effort, this identity and the beliefs that come with it can always be relied upon to help us come together with no more shared interests necessary other than recognising that we share the human experience, to come back from whatever problem or catastrophe we might have had.

Unfortunately for us all in this slumber, pushing humanity backwards makes people easier to control. And as our behaviour becomes more animal-like, the remedies, solutions and methods of control that whoever controls them feel compelled to use in order to achieve their ends and reach their desired outcomes, become easier to excuse.

Breaking people who have come to depend on the world outside of themselves for validation – is no accident.

It requires that everything people have been able to anchor their values system upon must become open to question. So that whatever people once considered to be unquestionable, unshakable truth, can no longer offer the assurance and grounding that it always did.

One step further and the process of punishing people who remain confident in what up until now they knew or had no question about believing becomes a clear option, where even the brightest and most intelligent members of society will soon be questioning who they are and what they believe.

The tools employed to achieve the destruction of the values set that define us, our humanity and provide structure to our culture may or may not seem obvious.

They include:

  • Wokeism
  • Cancellation
  • Rewriting history
  • Political Correctness
  • Use of regulatory standards to remove independence of small businesses and localised supply chains
  • Uncontrolled immigration
  • Reverse racism
  • Perceived prioritisation of non-white ethnic communities
  • DEI or Diversity
  • Attacks on the Empire
  • Far right labelling
  • Net zero
  • Globalisation (Centralisation)
  • Devolution (Which is actually Regional Centralisation)
  • Political disenfranchisement
  • Digital programming
  • Narratives
  • The Atlantic Slave Trade narrative
  • Poverty by design
  • The AI ‘Takeover’
  • The media
  • The requirement to ignore your own senses and common sense

And more…

The de-structuring of society and the erasure of the values that underpin our ability to be anything around which we can coalesce independently, in the sense that we do not have to be dependent upon the centre and those in control, have always been a key aim of the system.

Today, we are very much within the end game of this plan. But as with everything the system now does and is able to do, the problem does not and will not stop there.

The right to offend

The approach that the establishment has employed to break your spirit is universal – and deliberately so.

Most rational people, who have often the very same feeling of being isolated and questioning whether they themselves have got something wrong – can see and know that everything from political correctness to woke, cancellation and the division actually caused by what is supposed to be the fairness tool called Diversity or DEI – goes against everything that we would recognise as being normal or common sense.

This was intentional and is gaslighting on a scale so big that it is nothing less than the entire establishment operating in the capacity of an abuser could be able to continue unchallenged. Because the establishment controls the legislative processes and has steadily changed all the rules necessary to make its system of abuse work unopposed.

Nobody has the right not to be offended.

Simply because any rules that exist or that are created to remove the subjects that offend are themselves removing the freedom and right of the person deemed to be offensive, to be who they really are.

No sensible person would wish it to be legal for anyone to behave however they like and say or act towards any other person in any manner that they choose.

But this is not what the whole question of crushing the opportunity for anyone to offend or to become offensive is really about.

Being offended by anything that anyone else says because it questions anything that we believe – even if it is about ourselves or who we believe ourselves to be doesn’t automatically make them wrong, just as our beliefs being accepted by most other people would not automatically make anyone wrong who doesn’t think the same.

We may not like to think of it this way, but if we find anything that others do offensive, when it isn’t actually going to harm us physically or materially in any way, but it has upset us, the experience says more about what we believe about ourselves and how confident or sure we are of our own position on the issue, than it does about anyone else.

When we are confident in our beliefs, it simply doesn’t matter what anyone else says and we do not need to try changing others’ minds by forcing them to change their thoughts, attitude or actions in a way that means we are imposing our own beliefs and values on them, thereby making them wrong for being who they are, when very few of us would ever consciously seek to offend anyone, especially when it may be a simple matter of feeling fear about something that is unfamiliar or that feels uncomfortably different in some way..

Regrettably, the whole move towards making any form of offense illegal and for it to be seen as immoral was intended and deliberate as yet another way to sow division and for people to lose value and confidence in who they really are.

This is an attack on personal sovereignty, our independence and the right to be who we are.

It was purposely designed to create an environment where even the most confident and educated amongst us would begin to question, lose confidence and fail to trust who we really are.

All the tools we need to question and stand against anyone or anything that seeks to take over life and then impose control.

Making others wrong just to be seen as being right in the eyes of others helps no one. Unless it is done to create division and uncertainly as a pathway to someone else having control.

Privatisation

One of the greatest injustices enacted against the people – but sold as a way that they would benefit us all, was the series of privatisations of public services and providers that began under Thatcher in the 1980’s.

Under what seemed the very attractive proposition that in the early days suggested normal people could effectively become citizen shareholders in organisations that ranged from water boards, electricity boards and British Gas, to British Telecom; governments from that time onwards have steadily offloaded publicly owned services and operations, that were publicly run for the simple reason that everyone either needed them continually, or needed to have access to them because they wouldn’t be available to them in any other way.

The reality is that this sell-off was actually part of the plan to create the system. Privatisation of public services and infrastructure sits within neoliberal orthodoxy and was a big step in the process of handing control of anything and everything that people need every day to private interests. All so that guaranteed profits can be made and people can also be controlled by private interests having control of anything and everything they need.

Regrettably, like so many other changes, the real implications and future consequences were missed – not least of all because in the first instance even low earning people bought shares when they were offered – which were then offloaded when the big money from the banks and financiers (who were always set to be the beneficiaries of all this) got involved.

Man can only have one master.

Public services can either be run for the benefit of the public (as they were always supposed to be) or they can be run for profit. As is today typically the way with everything across the public sector that has a profit-generating value.

The water pollution issues, exploding cost of energy, lack of preparedness in infrastructure that should have been replaced, the sell off of valuable infrastructure and assets and basically each and every ingredient that has been making these sold-off services fail and become vulnerable has been based upon the actions of private interests taking every bit of value that they could milk from these services to pay out as dividends, salaries and bonuses.

Meanwhile they have ratcheted up borrowing and leverage on anything that they have been able to – given that public services provide a guaranteed income and then insisted that they must raise charges or receive government bailouts for repairs, upgrades and what for any good business would be the natural act of investing in innovation and investment for the future. All so that the ‘required’ bottom line to keep the city happy can always be maintained.

The bankers and fat cats who run these services from comfy chairs and big houses within a world that will never itself be affected by the crumbling services and poor delivery that we are all now experiencing, are too detached and distanced from the human cost of their actions to care.

They only have investment in ensuring that growing profits are always made.

Public Sector

The biggest giveaway when it comes to the delivery of public services is the word ‘public’.

Or at least it is for those of us who still believe that the tiers of government and all the organisations that operate within the public sector prioritise what is best for all of us as taxpayers and will always by default proritise the people that it or they are there to serve.

The reality is very different, however.

Almost every organisation, department or service that runs within the public sector today is run like a fiefdom. Where what is good for that organisation or more accurately the people who work within it are always prioritised before anything else.

Those working within the public sector typically follow their own agendas and ideologies, which at more senior and London centric levels are generally influenced by the EU, WEF, other worldwide ‘leadership’ groups, big business, banks and financiers.

We can all rest assured that whatever is really in our best interests will only be paid lip service as part of the real agendas that are at work and that our interests will certainly not come first.

The public sector is highly protectionist in the sense that those working withing it will stick so rigidly to the requirements of their job descriptions that they make it necessary for completely new posts to be created that would otherwise not be required to exist, and will openly dodge anything we would recognise a making them accountable as it could place them, their positions and pensions at too big a risk.

This culture has been created deliberately with the intent of removing local democratic power and making it very difficult to return to the people.

The agenda of the system has supported the creation of a government system and framework where rules are created to control everything and has made it impossible for all, but the most diligent and public service minded to do the jobs fully and to the best of the ability that many will almost certainly have.

The rules that contractors to the public sector must comply with have all but made the entire sector a closed shop.

Businesses that are now historically ‘qualified’ overcharge for pretty much everything. They do exceptionally well out of government contracts, because the system is not competitive in any way or open to new suppliers who would without question be able to deliver at a fraction of the price. Because they are not established and do not have the credentials that those milking the system and effectively ripping all of us off were able to accumulate over the time that the rules have been added, because they were there when at the start.

The public sector is not commercial, even though there are countless officials who talk about business cases and in their own minds believe that is exactly what they are running or managing.

The big difference is that no matter what those working in the public sector do, even when they are operating within the public sector’s internal market, the money that keeps them functioning is not earned commercially in any genuine kind of way.

The existence of any organisation or department in the public sector has rarely been at risk because of falling income – unless that has been by deliberate design.

Career public sector workers have no commercial awareness in the sense of what everything really costs. They certainly lack the wherewithal and on-the-ground experience to be able to see and anticipate just how the projects and services that they control can so easily be affected by so many factors and influences that are outside of their control.

Such a lack of worldliness, which has now become prevalent at the very top, leaves executives, specialists, consultants and advisers alike, completely detached from the realities being experienced by the very people that they are there to serve.

The obsession that public servants have with meeting targets and suppling the right measurements or statistics for the monitoring of what they are supposedly there to do means that they consistently overlook anything and everything that has a real-time human or public cost – as we have increasingly seen where issues like the Child Grooming Gangs, The Post Office Scandal, The Blood Scandal and even the Grenfell Tragedy are concerned.

The odd thing is that very little of this would be seen as being deliberate or even conscious for many of today’s public sector leaders. Because this is now the way that they have all been culturally conditioned or taught.

The public sector, what it means and why it is there, are perceived to be very different in the minds of the people who are invested in it as an entity, to what the rest of us, who should always be served by it, consider it to be.

War: The profit-making distraction and coercive call to join ‘the group’

Ask yourself: Do you know why any of the wars that are happening today are happening?’

Then ask yourself: ‘Is my answer to that question my own, or is it what I have been told?’

Don’t worry if you realise that you are or have taken the same position that the media has been pumping out and that so many across society will have been parroting back.

The narratives are designed to make us all see it exactly that way.

We need to be very clear that war isn’t a natural action for any human being. Even when it seems desirable or necessary, whatever the reason might be.

War is a sign of division between people. It means that ideas, behaviours and all manner of other things that can be used to divide us have done so at a level where rather than just two people arguing over who is right or wrong, or doing whatever they believe right to get their own way, the people concerned have armies, navies, air forces and unimaginable weaponry at their disposal and which they were prepared to use in order for them to make what is essentially the same point.

Sadly, people argue over ridiculous things because of the way that the systems work that we have across the world today.

And when certain countries and their leaders believe that it is necessary that the world never see or perceive them to be in the wrong, or they have vested (usually financial or commercial) interests in taking control of resources like oil or important minerals like lithium, those countries – or rather the powers and influencers who are controlling them will happily come up with all manner of excuses to create enemies. Even out of nations that are actually very friendly – but wish to be independent and do their own thing – just so the vested interests can change things and make that control their own.

War, regime change, revolution, coup (or coup de tat) are all tools that have often been employed by western states to take control, keep control and take resources from sovereign nation states, who don’t have the infrastructure or support to maintain the position of being who they are and who they want to be.

Regrettably, wars that have been created include pretty much all of those that we know of from across recent decades in the Middle East.

These have often come only when western nations – on behalf of specific vested interests – had already been exploiting natural resources and the sources of natural wealth that could and should have been used to enrich the areas and peoples where they came from, instead of going into the pockets of corporations from foreign countries and any corrupt local officials they could pay enough, to support them and go along with their plans.

A reason that radical Islam has become so prevalent and the terrorism associated with it such a threat to us today, isn’t because terrorism and sharia law are attractive propositions to the majority of people in what are today recognised as being Islamic majority countries.

Militancy has become attractive to otherwise moderate Muslims because the hoovering up of wealth, resources and the corruption that has been necessary to support the funneling of wealth to the West has made life dreadful for normal people in these countries, in ways that it is difficult for westerners to contemplate or understand.

People local to these countries have been spared the brain washing narratives and material takeover that has made us all believe that what is happening is for the best.

Instead, they have all too often been left in the hands of brutal tyrants who are themselves just representatives of the horrors of patriarchy, regrettably in this sense just being delivered in a much more inhuman and medieval form.

Do not fall into the trap of thinking that the war in Ukraine is different in any way.

There are powers at work who have deliberately engineered this proxy war that has been underway for three years, with the intent that it will escalate and draw attention away from the collapse that we are now experiencing across the west.

By pushing people into believing the narrative that war has now become necessary, the intention is that we will all come together as a group and support our ‘leaders’ to take whatever drastic steps they suggest necessary to secure peace. Whilst they then create new rules and ways of living that will mean they can enact even greater control over us in countless ways.

The relationship that we have or that we should have with Russia isn’t anything like that which the establishment intends we believe.

The last thing the establishment will do is admit that the way that arms and money have been fire hosed at Ukraine, over the period of the war, and the way that it has amplified the movement of ‘refugees’ across Europe, is actually speeding up the very collapse that they want, but are only just beginning to realise that they can no longer control.

Capitalism, Socialism, Globalism, Corporatism and Communism all end at the same place

One of the greatest paradoxes of the new media age is that at a time when technology should be making the flow of accurate and truthful information and news achieve legendary status, the idea of transparency and freedom of information is just a pipedream that sits at the polar opposite of the system that we have actually got.

Instead, what we have is the system of accepted or pushed narratives that are themselves built around and pursued in support of ideologies, agendas and pretty much anything and everything that we can think of that isn’t about putting the best interests of all people first.

Sadly, many of us fall into the trap of believing the narratives, which to all intents and purposes make sense of how all the things we see around us still appear to be.

We certainly don’t consider the greater detail or consequences of how the things that we are being told to support will actually work out.

Whilst only a few years ago, it would have for even some of the most open minded academics and leaders to accept – because the way politics of the left and right still appeared to be very different, even normal day to day people are now starting to see that what we used to see as Capitalism, business, globalism, neoliberalism and material-driven freedom on one side and then socialism, progressivism and even communism on the other all ultimately head towards the very same, centralised and highly controlling or tyrannical model where we are all told we are free, but freedom in the sense of personal sovereignty and the freedom to thing, make choices and simply to be no longer exist.

The system is about centralisation of power and control from that centre in any and every way that it can be achieved.

Centralisation IS delocalisation

One of the things we constantly hear is talk about making things cheaper and more efficient, so that everything will cost less and the cost of living will come down.

The question that we all need to ask about so many of the things that we are told will be good for us or will be helpful to us as part of the accepted narrative is this:

‘How many times does the cost come down and how many times has any of this actually helped me?’

Some of the biggest myths that the establishment and those that really pull the strings have spun are intended to ensure we give up knowledge, understanding, the way that we do things or what we are used to; all on the basis of a promise that the change we accept will improve our lives.

The problem is that the new ways don’t improve our lives, and of all of the myths that have been spun about making things better, centralization and top-down hierarchical working and systems are probably the VERY worst.

Today, the UK has undergone extensive changes to governance, our frameworks and even the systems that we use within businesses, all on the basis that removing boundaries, making operations bigger, streamlining decision making and breaking localised systems of any kind that can operate alone or independently, is better, more democratic, more cost effective and in the best interests of us all.

Slowly but surely, over the past half century or more, tools and clever devices  which are really no better than trojan horses that have been presented to us as ways to improve life usually economically or in the sense of trade – like the European Union, have been used to benefit and enrich large international companies, whilst we have always increasingly lost out.

Those large companies have benefited from the myth of free markets, which we are led to believe apply to businesses of all kinds. But which actually favour big multinational and corporate monoliths with deep pockets.

The real meaning of free markets is the removal of the regulations that are actually protections for us and for small businesses – basically what were the guardians of our freedoms. Then in turn imposing new rules and regulations which, as customers we are told, are being introduced to improve quality and safety, whilst what they really are is a tool to stop small independent businesses either being able to start, operate or from existing (all of which are in time basically the very same thing)

The big money, the elites and those running everything have always aimed to remove our independence.

They have achieved this in a completely mesmerizing way by creating stories that suggest our surrender to these new systems will be great for everyone, then using devices such as trouble-free travel across the gateways of Europe to play up to the material lifestyle and selfishness which has infected so many of us. All of which itself rode into our lives upon the back of ‘cheap and quick everything’ so that it wasn’t something they had to impose.

Globalisation – which is the centralisation model of them all, has been the most useful of all the tools that this current world order created and implemented. Because if you were to stop any stranger in the street today and ask them what globalisation does for them, they will almost certainly respond that it gives us cheaper everything including travel, food and clothes.

As factories have been moved offshore and across the world, we have continually been told how much cheaper the goods that we are buying will now be.

Meanwhile there is never any conversation about what the cost will be for our communities, to jobs, to UK self-sufficiency, to our national security and above all, to the ability for us all to function independently and without the support and therefore the control of someone somewhere else, who we will never see and will certainly never meet.

Those who covet control over everything realised very quickly that localism and locality and the way of doing business, relationships, social skills development, community, food production, education, care within the community, care for infrastructure and the environment and civic care for everyone, is our independence.

The independence of localised systems is a direct challenge and threat to anything and anyone who wants to exploit people and resources at any level for their own personal gain.

Even now, the establishment is working ridiculously hard to diminish the public perception of the value of traditional farms and farmers. Because Whoever controls the food supply controls the people.

It is not part of the strategic plan to allow food chains to be in the hands of independently minded people or business leaders who can quickly rally people around them so that alternative choices for community governance can be made.

Those who want this power so badly – and who are now openly pulling the strings of the political puppets involved – do not care that the food supply that they are telling us that we have no choice to move towards is not healthy. Eating only the foods that the system under their control will supply us will have massive consequences for health and wellbeing for people like you and me if we become fully reliant upon it.

Indeed, the high-production model that this world order has pushed since the Second World War has helpfully created the excuse of pollution in rivers, depleted soil productivity and framed cows belching methane amongst many other dubious excuses as the way of justifying a future world that for us will exist on artificially and factory produced food, because naturally growing food is not good for us is so far as the accepted narrative is concerned.

The myths that create and mobilise our acquiescence to changes that are actually harmful for us, all so that someone somewhere else can profit, are truly boggling. Especially when we see that we are being gaslit with messages that cover up the truth that would expose the causes and responsibility for the real problems we face and make us feel guilty if we fail to commit to the ‘solutions’ to the very problems that they caused.

The benefits of centralization at any level and in any setting are a lie.

Centralisation is a power accumulating tool for whoever controls the process.

The process of centralisation is always about removing independence through the freedom to choose, to be and to exist as independent sovereign citizens making the decisions ourselves for you and me.

Those leading mankind have become too clever for everyone’s good

The history – or rather the real history of all the events and changes that have contributed to the situation that the world and humanity faces today, are difficult for even the most open of minds to comprehend. Because they have been unfolding over such a long period and in fact over decades and multiple generations of time.

It is regrettably the case that to anyone who really understands the multilayers of human behaviour and the human condition, and how that works relative to almost any kind of life situation – that surface-deep understanding of anything can be used to fool people into doing things and making decisions which they believe to be their own, but which are actually taking them towards experiences that will be painful, potentially costly and which in increasing numbers of cases will require going on what we believe is a justified guilt trip for no better reason than we typically reach that place on our own.

Under the system, the majority of people sadly always have a price.

When all those in the positions of power are already bought-in and conditioned to follow the rule book or way of working of the system, so that those who do exactly what is required of them without question will always get the highest rewards, it will sadly be the case that we have reached a time when even prime ministers of nation states, who hold the highest elected office in the land, will or can be coerced into making decisions that defy all logic and common sense.

The cost of doing otherwise – for them – will be perceived as being too high. No matter what the price their actions will impose or expose everyone else who they should be representing to.

The outsourcing of real life to digital masters

Few would be silly enough to suggest that AI – or at least the generations of AI that have come into the public sphere in early 2023 – are not very clever and that this is technology that has the ability to do things in ways that no human being can.

However, the magic of AI is the speed at which it can ready, analyze, interpret, report and ‘create’ using information or code that already exists on the internet, which no human could do at the same time in any way.

This is the most important factor about AI and what it does that we need to recognise. Because this seemingly instantaneous speed at which our commands have been answered makes it ridiculously easy to believe that the quality of the information or digital material created by the AI we use could only come from a sentient machine, or one that is going to make human work and effort redundant in some, if not every conceivable way.

The second important factor about AI that few even talk about, is the fact that AI – or the creation of codes that read digitally harvested data or information, are not new. They have been used by businesses for years already to monitor and measure our browsing habits, what we like, what we don’t like and what we get excited or emotional about online.

The third and perhaps most profound of the important factors we should all consider about AI is that it is not working creatively in the sense of creating anything new in any genuine way.

AI reads all the data it has access to that is already available- and therefore from the past – even if it was only created by an action or input somewhere else on the internet in the milliseconds before it was instructed.

Whilst the sum of the parts of the information that AI stitches together for us may look new, it really isn’t. It is just a patchwork of bits taken from potentially many different sources and then fixed together to look like a new piece of writing, a video, picture or even carrying out a set of instructions, based on data that is available from similar processes conducted and recorded many times before.

AI isn’t conscious or sentient and won’t ever be in the sense of what it is to be human.

Any argument that suggests otherwise must itself answer the reality that there isn’t a human being alive that has the cumulative experiences of every human on the planet that has ever lived to this point to draw from.

This kind of universal knowledge is something that belong to God, Source, or whatever it is that sits at the place where everything really comes from or from the very start or beginning.

We do not need go into the wide and growing range of uses that AI already has to be able to see that it seems perfectly reasonable to accept the narratives and messaging we are already hearing, that tell us AI is going to take over many of the jobs and professional roles that people have. And that it is an inevitable part of progress that it does.

After all, why would we fight the arrival and takeover of a system that makes everything so easy for us to do online already and promises to make life even easier, as long as we just accept what is coming and put all questions aside?

The speed and ease with which technology can provide us with whatever we want, wherever we are and whenever we want it, is frightening. It creates the perception of being as magical as the overwhelming speed and apparent delivery of the AI software that is already available.

However, this engineered blindness that so many of us already have doesn’t tell or explain the truth that AI is not sentient today and that AI really doesn’t think for itself.

AI reads or has read so much of the information that is already available online that it can quite literally take bits from multiple examples of the similar work that exists and patch them together in moments to make it look like original work created in just that moment of time.

We don’t see that the codes and the algorithms that drive every version of AI, no matter where it might be or exist, are always working within the coding frameworks or parameters of whoever owns and runs them.

This means that whoever controls AI can set the software parameters up in such ways that it can ignore history, facts, news, events and just about anything.

AI can create highly credible responses and solutions because of all this and the magic that surrounds AI will make even the most learned of us not see any need to question as to whether another view or even alternative story exists.

As with any of the technological advancements that have come into being since we left the agricultural age, technology and AI alike are sold to us all as being labour-saving and therefore cost-reducing tools that make life cheaper and make more things accessible to us easily.

Unfortunately, the true nature of changes that are being made to the structure of society – not least of all that the only reason to take away jobs is so that someone somewhere can make more profit, are hidden from view.

We are just expected to accept the changes as being ‘progress’, when the reality is that these changes are only coming so that greater profit and tighter control over those who are being impoverished by dependency on the system can be attained.

Understanding the perceived need of the elites to make more and more of us financially dependent upon the system is as important as being able to see the true motives behind the use of the current generations of AI in anything else.

The roll out of AI technology, that can monitor every activity that we conduct on online, will soon become the method that is used to police our activities and to punish or reward us all in real time – A level of control that is simply impossible to attain without this kind of technology being employed and us voluntarily embracing the roll out as it unfolds.

Today people still have a decision to make about how far we allow AI to come into our lives.

However, with the change underway that most have accepted is already out of our hands, the loss of jobs and the dependency on others that this will bring to so many of us is not the most chilling thing.

People are quite literally being deprogrammed from being able to ask and then answer questions about all aspects of life for themselves.

We are quickly becoming dependent upon the gadgets and devices that already sit with the smart phones we are using with our own hands.

We are being conditioned not to think and to never question by the very tools that we believe to be giving us an easy and quick life.

Yet the cost will be massive when anything in life goes wrong and we realise that we are tied to the digital oppressors who control everything and will be able to switch all aspects of our lives on and off at will, depending upon how we behave.

There is no need for an AI takeover of anything.

This is not a question of rejecting new technology.

It is the act of rejecting the current purposing of technology that will take people out of jobs and will create exploding levels of impoverishment, financial and digital dependency that will be worse than being chained or held within a prison cell. Simply because of how far and how intrusive the technology that is involved and that we have welcomed into our lives as if we were giving an open invitation for every vampire in the neighborhood to walk straight in.

The reason AI is a danger to humanity today is because of the reasons and motives that are driving its use and the way that it is being used.

Control and profit have nothing to do with improving life and working practices for the masses – which is the only reason that any form of new technology should ever be employed.

The state does not know best

Perhaps the most challenging factor that anyone – especially those who are of generation X or older – must reconcile, is that public figures, people in positions of authority and those who we were conditioned when we were young to believe could always be relied upon, because of their roles across society (like politicians, doctors, judges, lawyers and even the police), no longer have the integrity and independence that so many of us would still like to believe.

This is not to suggest that everyone who works for or represents the state – whether it’s working for the public sector, providing a professional service to the public where advice and guidance about our relationship with the law are concerned, or a politician (who is supposed to be a public representative) is corrupt and either deliberately or consciously so. But that the outcome of a long-term process of change and manipulation of everything that is supposed to serve us, and what that has done to the culture of politics and the public sector, leads to outcomes which are pretty much the same thing.

To be fair to you and to anyone asking questions about everything that is happening, most people genuinely believe that everything across the public sphere still runs as it should. With the same intent, the same motives and the same dedication and commitment to public service, that means anything that touches the statutory sector is conducted with the best intent and in the best interests of everyone.

To put it bluntly, it isn’t.

Anything that still runs in that way is either down to luck or the individual public servant concerned rather than anything else. Because the entire system has been corrupted by ideology, biases and agendas, that mean the genuine direction of travel for every area of public policy is serving interests which are not ours.

The rot dressed carefully as well considered strategies and tranches of work are very carefully introduced and all too often are tied to funding which is made conditional upon participation and achieving the required results.

New services, policies and projects are discussed behind closed doors and presented at all levels of the public structure to promote the idea and understanding amongst public servants of all kinds, that within the scope of their roles, responsibilities and whatever they touch, ‘They’ will always unquestionably know better than us. Even when more often than not, those public servants and representatives have never worked within a role within the industry or sector associated with the purpose of their job, and will never have held real responsibility, had ownership or had real ‘skin in the game’ where it comes to whatever they influence or control.

Asking questions that challenge the status quo can easily be an act of self-sabotage for public servants and politicians alike. Because this is a culture where someone else always knows better and inevitably has more responsibility that that person – even when we get to 10 Downing Street and the relationship between the PM and Davos, the WEF, WHO, UN and where even the real relationships we don’t see between the government and the EU and even the president of the USA are concerned.

These people, who may not even have the awareness to know what they are doing or being asked to do is fundamentally wrong, often genuinely believe that they know better than the people who they serve or who elect them. They have become contemptuous and disrespectful of any role that we, the public, play.

A question that will soon begin to become a significant burden for anyone who believes they are up to leading meaningful change in the U.K. will have to face is, ‘When do the people we serve become more important than everyone else?’

And it’s a question that’s not for the faint hearted. Because saying no to the things that the U.K. has been instructed to do, that it should never have been doing, is going to have a significant human cost involved. Just as it is becoming inevitable that it will also have such a cost, if not even greater, in many different ways if the current system succeeds in destroying itself through acquiescence with directions of stupidity that are going to lead to the loss of societal control.

Whilst there are certainly people in the public sector and politics who have the ability to do the right thing, the evidence we can all see with our own eyes is that they will not. Otherwise, they would already be doing so.

The going with the group excuses only go so far. History is regrettably littered with stories of great people doing unspeakable things to others, just so they could continue to fit in and go along with the prevailing winds – wherever they were blowing from and whoever it may have been blowing them.

We are therefore faced with the reality that everything that supposedly serves the public in the U.K. must now be changed, if any of it is to genuinely work for us once again.

This will only be possible by starting again and by keeping the rot and infection out of the services that serve the people, right from the start. So that the old ideas and ideologies that have created this mess and all the associated hardship cannot and will not be allowed to take hold again.

People are unhappy

As we begin to wrap up our journey through all the things that are really happening and why everything has been happening as it has, in order for us all to think this way, it is perhaps a good time to think about how you feel and how everybody outside of the sphere of people who are driving all of this madness really thinks and feels too.

It is fair to say that there is a situational bias at work across our culture and society. One that is only possible because of the nefarious way that groupthink has now been employed to work.

You, me and just about everyone we know will be experiencing at least parts of their life experience, if not throughout it, a situation where we really do believe that any hardship experienced or any conflict we feel with the accepted narrative and way that we perceive everyone else to be thinking or behaving, is completely at odds with who we are, or what we genuinely think.

Money has become the value to which all parts of life have become referenced, and there are few of us who have reached a point within the top-down hierarchy, where our incomes and financial security have reached the point that we believe we will never have to worry about money again. And that we can just have whatever we want when we want within our lives.

To be fair, if you are one of the people who doesn’t have to worry, it is unlikely, although not impossible, that you would even be reading this book. Because you are part of the problem and unlikely to feel any need or compunction to question whether there is an alternative to the money-centric choice.

Very few of those on benefits, who are vulnerable, going hungry or struggling to make ends meet, no matter how little life they have and how many extra hours that they work, are responsible for the situation they are now in.

Even people who are in what we might all agree to be well-paid jobs are increasingly tied to subscription contracts and new ways of living that are slowly but surely tying each and every one of us in.

When things are going wrong and you know deep down that you have done your best and that there is nothing going on for you that was ever a deliberate choice, it is hard not to question your circumstances and with it your own sanity. Especially when we are as a nation being gaslit into repeatedly making what are ever more quickly turning out to be self-destructive choices.

The reality we must all face up to is that we have been, are being and will continue to be played in ways that make us feel that we are wrong, deficient, inadequate, unimportant, incapable, stupid and dependent upon an establishment that will continue taking more and more, under the guise of helping us, right up to the point when humanity is itself destroyed.

Where does this all go now?

We are on a pathway today, that without meaningful change itself doesn’t make one outcome inevitable.

The establishment and the elites don’t have the level of choice that they once believed it possible to manipulate every system of governance across the world to engineer and guarantee. For the simple reason that they have broken natural, universal laws that require every human on this planet to have the freedom of choice to determine their own pathway, no matter the circumstances into which they are born.

There is an argument to be made that even within the confines of the looming dystopian digital prison, where social credit shuts down any unconforming thought process, that the ability to think behind this will still allow the soul or mind to make sense of and find comfort from what educated, learning and truth-seeking mind will still uncover.

However, whichever explanation or pathway of explanation, such as religion or science we might choose to explain life in basic terms, the human experience is about having the freedom to learn who we really are. Why we are here and how we really get the best from this lifetime that we have found ourselves within.

That pathway is simply no longer an option for anyone alive who may appear to be free, but has their life dictated by digital, financially monitored and policed processes, that interpreted at their very best cause mental torture, unhappiness, pain and discontent. And at their very worst remove our ability as human beings to genuinely live. All so that a few who have abused their power and then handed that torch on and on through generations of those who are born with privilege – can have even more.

People sense this deep down. Even when they don’t understand how or why and those who will not agree with a word in this book will find it difficult to disagree that no matter how and why we got here, whatever is happening cannot go on.

We are collectively, as people, as communities, as nations and as a world now racing towards a point of choice – that although shared, will come to each of us as if it is ours alone.

That choice will be between continuing just as we are, of choosing to live life very differently.

Yes, we can make that voluntary choice right now.

But the reason so many haven’t made that choice to live differently, better and ultimately more happily, is because so many of us still believe that we will benefit more than we will be disadvantaged by continuing to conform for as long as the world, as we know, continues to go on.

Regrettably, this means that an event or an accumulation of events that we may not even see linked at the time – and which may already be underway – is now likely lead to a point where the system that we know will collapse or in simple terms no longer be able to function.

A collective moment will arrive where no matter what our behaviour and reaction look like, we will all be asking the very same question; What happens next?’

Is this just a matter of thinking?

The way we think is very important in the sense of embracing the future and therefore embracing meaningful change.

To be different, we have to think differently, and we will not experience anything different if we do not choose to think a different way.

However, it is also important to understand that for increasing numbers of us, life really is something that is happening to them right now and everything that is unfolding in front of them has been defined by someone else’s choice. Even if there was a point when for all of us, there could have been a change in the direction of thought, and everything would then have unfolded in a different way.

The power of our beliefs is ultimately key.

But for as long as we don’t believe we have any reason not to believe the accepted narratives, that the worlds within worlds we inhabit have been allowed to become defined by, we may as well not have that power of belief at any level or in any way.

What we believe is the answer to everything

When we can see that our beliefs and therefore what we think are not only the essence of our human experience, but are actually our power, we can also begin to see that the establishment has the power that it has today only because you have given it to them.

In fact, we all have. And we, our parents, grandparents and everyone else has been doing so for a very long time – even though many will never accept that this is even the case.

No, we didn’t send a box to them labelled ‘power’, any more than we signed a written contract giving people we don’t know and will never meet the power to make decisions that have, are and will affect every part of our lives.

We didn’t knowingly do anything.

But we have unknowingly given up everything because of what we believe.

And right now, the majority of us choose to believe all the messages, systems, procedures, processes and ways of doing things that come to us, usually via some form of digital device.

No matter whether we are looking at the circumstances of someone we meet, the trading history of a business, what a politician tells us, or what is reported about anything on tv. As soon as we are happy to accept whatever messages we receive from outside of us as being true and have surrendered the choice to only follow what we can trust and ideally our inner voice or ourselves, we become open to accepting anything and everything behind those voices or sources that cannot be seen.

Just as you can use this knowledge to benefit yourself in many untold ways, others who already know this but also know that many people simply don’t look deeply into how life and people’s thinking works, use this knowledge or rather power, to cheat people.

They do so using what are effectively confidence tricks, to make people believe in things that simply aren’t true, and that will often end up helping them whilst they hurt you.

This following list of things we take at face value is regrettably already long but also growing longer.

It includes:

  • That Money is real
  • That credit status is given by the government
  • What rules and regulation are for
  • What deregulation is about
  • What free markets are
  • How banks work
  • What growth is about
  • Why we need immigration
  • What all the wars are for
  • Globalisation makes everything cheaper
  • That the way we live today is sustainable
  • That rules can change the way people think
  • That prejudice is conscious or a character flaw
  • That people can afford to live on minimum wage
  • That big business isn’t subsidised by the government when most of their staff are on minimum wage
  • That insurance policies aren’t a sanitised form of gambling
  • That the U.K. is food secure
  • That we no longer need traditional farms
  • That the AI takeover is now inevitable

Things really aren’t all they seem…

Although it’s impossible to not focus on specific things to convey the points that you may wish to consider, the level of understanding that we all need to find – even at the level of overview, is a process requiring that we all research, consider and ask questions for ourselves. Even if what you read here makes complete sense.

With this in mind, there is a (growing) list of topics and issues that have much deeper and, in many cases, much darker meaning behind them, that we at least need to be aware of and ideally understand.

Whether you believe or reject the premise of The Choice, it will be in your best interests and of those you care for or care about to better understand how things really work, and to have opened up to the processes and thinking necessary for any of us to get there.

Topics you may wish to consider more deeply include:

  • Immigration
  • House building (The housing ‘shortage’)
  • The ‘minimum’ wage
  • Food Security
  • Net Zero
  • Renewable Energy
  • Free Markets
  • Devolution
  • The War in Ukraine
  • The response to the Covid Pandemic
  • GDP and ‘growth’
  • Inflation
  • How the Government ‘borrows’ and ‘funds’ public spending
  • The origins of ‘woke’
  • The use of Super Injunctions by government
  • Diversity and DEI
  • Student Loans and the opening up of Higher Education
  • The Benefits Culture
  • Deregulation
  • Social mobility
  • How political parties work

The solution to the problem cannot come from within the problem itself

If you follow current affairs and politics and do so across the range of different mediums that are available, you will probably have noticed that even some of the more mainstream voices are starting to acknowledge that the system is on its way towards collapse. Even if the words they are using are perhaps more measured and just leveraged with anchors such as ‘reset’ or ‘inescapable change’.

To be fair to anyone who is or has been considered to be a credible voice from within the stations of the accepted narrative(s), it is refreshing to learn that there are now at least some from within ‘the tent’ who know that the current way of doing everything cannot continue. And that the system as we know it will soon be gone.

However, listen more carefully and you will soon begin to experience that there is a commonality between the messages of all mainstream voices that speak ‘openly’ and ‘honestly’ about imminent change.

It also tells us that the reset they all expect will just be a change that leads to the reset or rebooting of everything that we are already used to and that we already know.

It’s all rather like there is a tacit, yet unspoken acknowledgement that the way that money and wealth have been allowed to take control of everything has just lost its balance in some way and that it all just needs to be recalibrated, so that the same modus operandi exists, and the same roles are played out. But the rot, disparity and outright unfairness are rehidden and the real depth of the problems that we are all facing are no longer exposed.

In reality, this approach should tell you all you really need to know about those from within the stations of the accepted narrative who are selling themselves and their own narratives as the answer or solution that will lead to all the problems being solved.

Those who created and have run this system all knew that it was time limited and that whatever they wanted to be in place next would need to be in place before the system could no longer sustain itself with the lies needed to cover up what it has really been doing all along.

However, the problem today is that the wheels have fallen off, far too soon for them to be able to control what happens next. That’s why they now need to find ways to cover up and make people forget all that has already and is now being exposed.

Forget infrastructure like buildings, roads, schools, factories, cities and towns.

Forget technology, machinery, cars, lorries, trains, buses and anything that we currently use to do anything, go anywhere or get anything done.

These are not the system.

The system is the method, the ideas and the motives that direct and govern how all of these things are run.

And for as long as just the smallest part of that broken ideology remains and has influence upon power or decision making of any kind, the problem that we now so desperately need to fix will still be very present and remain.

What is The Choice

Whilst we all have choices when it comes to each and everything that we do, and it is the case that we may not only have to make just one but many and perhaps every future choice to deliver the change that we feel happy with, there is a choice of directions that we must take and keep in mind nonetheless, if we want to control our own destiny and future.

Again, it is very important to understand that by doing nothing and by continuing to do what we have been doing all along and by treating everything in exactly the same way, we are still making a choice.

In fact, we are making many different choices, each and every time we choose to do exactly the same things.

The directional choices or The Choice are thus:

  1. Acceptance, acquiescence and unquestioned, willing participation in what has happened, what is happening and whatever is yet to come
  2. Taking back control of your own decisions and choices, becoming a champion of your own personal sovereignty, making an active contribution to the future through change and creating a new culture based on a people centric and community driven way of thinking that has values and humanity right at its heart

The difficulty for almost everyone isn’t the idea or what these choices represent.

The difficulty is accepting what the truth is or will be that follows in more detailed and nuanced forms, along with what many will automatically assume to be considerable cost for an outcome they don’t believe possible or likely, in either respect.

Many of the things that look like we will thrive on will hurt us, just as the things that we assume will hurt us will ultimately lead us to thrive in every conceivable sense.

Whether you believe the story you have read so far to be true, false or just something to read, some and perhaps all of this will be unfolding in the pathway of your life today, whether you can see it or not.

Truth doesn’t need a marketing budget.

The truth will always be the one consistent. No matter what any man says. No matter how powerful or influential they might be.

Faith is that intrinsic feeling of trusting your instincts or whatever the messaging you have received that comes from within and then following that guide – even when it means going against whatever the messages may appear to be telling you from outside.

Either way, today, the future for us all is uncertain. Because all options are on the table and despite what some would like to think, there is no one person or specific group of people – no matter how powerful, that currently holds all the cards or the set of keys necessary for control.

The Choice itself could be defined as being the difference between two different futures where we are either controlled or free.

The cold hard reality is that freedom is without question the hardest choice. Because it requires the leap of faith or voluntary step into what appears to be the unknown whilst also sounding like the one that requires the most effort or work.

Part 3: Choice 1

Acceptance, acquiescence and unquestioned, willing participation in what has happened, what is happening and whatever is yet to come

Acquiescence to The Status Quo

It is important to remember once again and bear in mind that even doing nothing is a choice.

Things are changing. The U.K. is changing. The world is changing.

And all of that change is already happening at an alarming rate.

No matter how important, different, special, normal, middle of the road, disadvantaged, victimised or even alone you might believe yourself to be, things are happening to all of us right now that even the most powerful amongst us no longer have the power to change if things stay on course and stay the same.

This choice of inaction, of acceptance, acquiescence, consent, willing participation, agreement, or anything else that basically says yes, is already beginning to usher or welcome in a new world that will bring experiences that even those who have driven this have failed to calculate or consider.

Accepting Your Fate

If you don’t act (change), you could of course be proven right in the sense of whatever you believe and what all the things we are experiencing really mean.

However, by failing to act; to consider the alternative and through your passivity, or just doing nothing and thereby waving all of this through, you will have chosen what follows – even though just like choice 2, you will not have previously experienced the future that is going to unfold – although you probably believe it’s going to resemble your past, right up to, now.

What You can expect

The world, or rather the system we think we know and understand today, is built upon lies.

Nothing we are doing, that we have already done or that we have been encouraged to do, is sustainable in any way.

It is not misleading to say that the way the world has slowly been refocused upon the pursuit of wealth, power and control, has pushed us to live, think, feel, believe and most importantly behave outwardly, in ways that are massively destructive towards everything and not least of all towards ourselves.

Whilst this is all being driven by just a few people, we are all taking part.

We are all contributing to this process of falling. Because we have so far switched off and refused to look beyond the messages and consider what really lies behind.

We are now on the verge of destroying what is left of our humanity and anything that resembles decency, fairness, love of our fellow man.

And for added value, we have accepted being blind to the reality that our behavior has been destroying the planet and everything that naturally sustains us in the ways that we need, along the way.

In many ways, the specifics no longer matter if we choose to just go along with whatever happens. Because we aren’t going to get to choose much more about anything anymore as things stand today.

As human beings alone, we don’t have value, and we are all pretty much little more than a number or digital imprint for the companies, organisations and government bodies that are on the verge of controlling everything in life – and will achieve this just as soon as every part of life has been fully and comprehensively digitised.

Relationships

We no longer have real relationships.

Everything that encouraged the growth and development of genuine social skills, interaction and real-world learning from people who we could meet and communicate with face-to-face has almost entirely been destroyed.

This process will soon be complete. Once we are contained within our homes and have no reason to communicate directly with anyone other than whoever we might still be fortunate to share our living space with.

The digital universe will be all we believe we need in life as long as the accepted narrative continues to dictate wrong and right.

Everything around us will revolve around stimulating us and keeping us distracted during our waking hours. For however long that we continue to live and breathe.

Everything we need to learn, to know, to understand will be available to us from our own digital devices.

Sex or the sex acts that stimulate us – whatever our sexual tastes may be, will be met through the digital universe and whatever it provides us with too. Whilst everything that can be used to embarrass or punish us will be recorded and shared with those who monitor us. So that our most intimate and vulnerable moments can be used to guarantee that we will conform with the system that has been imposed, all with our consent too.

We will no longer need to have partners, relatives or people who we can talk about anything freely and without fear of prejudice to. Because the AI systems that we will have access to, night and day, will speak to us as if we are engaged in fully dynamic, emotionally aligned and considered relationships. Just as many using these systems are now already beginning to find.

Reproduction will gradually seem less and less important, as new and as yet indefinable needs that become more of a priority are met.

As we have less and less access to Foods We Can Trust and more and more exposure to diets and an environment riddled with toxins, microplastics and ingredients in whatever we are authorised to consume, the human race will soon begin to become infertile – all aligning with the aim that the masses no longer need to be replaced.

The information and the actions that are available as ‘choices’ to us will only be as the establishment has already defined.

We will learn what we are supposed to. Know what we are supposed to. Believe what we are supposed to. Do what we are supposed to.

Any deviation from this monitored and policed expectation will be punished to the point where even this dystopia feels like luxury, as everything essential is switched off for us across life.

The environment

We could argue about climate change forever and a day.

Many already are and few understand that Net Zero is just one of many distractions that have been tossed into the realm of public debate, carefully crafted and designed to create new ways to digitally monitor even more that we do, whilst creating new ways to generate profits and the ability to exclude dissenters from the system once the digital takeover has been achieved.

Regrettably, environmental issues and the climate change question in particular may be the ultimate gift to those who are busy enslaving humanity. As the topic sows such division and keeps people distracted by arguments of wrong vs right, whilst the real issues are conveniently never being addressed.

The climate is changing.

But the change in climate isn’t the problem that may or may not have caused climate change itself.

The cause of every environmental problem that we have is the same cause of the problems that are affecting just about everything else.

That problem; the root of the problem or the cause of the problem, rather than what we see and blame which is only the effects, is our unsustainable way of living and doing everything, which itself has been driven by and pursued solely in the pursuit of wealth, power and control by those who already had much, but would not accept anything less than accumulating even more.

The damage to the environment isn’t just about the amount of carbon – which those who created this mess are now working very hard to tax in every way possible, so that they can profit out of the damage that unsustainable living has already caused.

The damage – which includes the drop in fertility and utility of soil, lack of water, the pollution of water courses, pollution of the sea with chemicals and rubbish, flooding events, microplastics everywhere (including within many of our bodies) is all about the global business model and the exploitation and overuse of natural resources. With supply chains cross crossing the world in ways that were never necessary, using up oil, minerals and exploiting people’s lives in ways that were never meant to be.

The obsession with money – that has been introduced into just about every part of life and our consciousness has blinded us to the damage being done by throw away culture and a way of living that suggests it’s not only ok but normal to throw so much away, not least of all because doing ridiculous things like transporting goods we don’t actually need to transport from the other side of the world mean we must use packaging and refrigeration and transport that we somehow believe actually makes life cheaper and better by doing it this way.

We will build, concrete or solar panel everything over, by continuing to believe that nature, countryside, rivers, lakes, fields, mountains and natural landscapes are something that we don’t need, because it’s something that can be replaced with virtual reality and AI.

Yes, you will soon be able to walk in nature and feel like you are swimming with dolphins without having to get wet or even leave your bedroom.

But your bedroom will soon be where you are expected to stay.

You will be required to accept that living your entire life through screens and food that we will soon realise can only bring great harm, that arrives by delivery bike or perhaps in time a drip feed is all we can expect.

And when you finally realise that you have no value to anyone, you will be expected to be grateful that you only live to exist.

Dehumanisation of everything

The process of dehumanizing everything and everyone has been underway for decades already.

If you feel unsure of this, you should perhaps ask yourself how you feel about anything bad that has happened to anyone who you don’t know personally or care for, and how that genuinely makes you feel.

You are already just a number to companies that provide you with products and services.

Whilst many of them employ customer service representatives to provide human interaction throughout the stores that we are still able to visit; the truth you may already recognise is that we increasingly don’t get customer service at any level.

There are very few customer systems in place now that genuinely show any level of care when our experience is a bad one. Unless we take the step of employing ambulance chasing lawyers within the ‘where theres blame theres a claim’ mindset that the companies only then have fear of because where a no win no fee case has been taken, there will almost certainly be a quickly escalating cost.

Unfortunately for the companies who still have the premises that we can visit, the plan is that they will soon be closed down and the ‘everything will be delivered’ culture will take its place.

For the time being, where that is not possible, AI managed machines and devices will quickly take over all instore interactions and activities. So that the only contact that we will be able to have with anyone or anything from those companies will be digital, online and therefore all too easily proven to always fit within the rules that the companies themselves will be able to define.

The Digital Life

Shopping for anything will not stop at whatever we want to buy.

Everything that we will have want to experience will soon come to us digitally and it will come to wherever we are online.

The tools are already in place, through the smart phones, smart watches tablets, TVs and computers that we have willingly equipped ourselves with.

Whatever digital tools we use for everything that we do, eat, say, drink, buy, visit, experience, won’t matter. Everything will be recorded, monitored and measured.

Once the final touches have been made to the narrative of the AI takeover, all the steps needed for this universal dystopian nightmare to take over our lives in every conceivable sense will be in place.

Yes, many still believe that it will be possible to avoid the digital police, punishment and restrictions that will come.

But our acceptance of everything being for the better and in our best interests now will quickly mean that there will be nothing that we can do without taking part and continuing to comply. Unless we can and are able to live our entire lives unconnected and fully off-grid.

Social Scoring

By now you will have begun to see that the tools for social scoring are already in place. Because we welcomed them into our lives and paid for them to be there too!

If we cannot do anything without the consent of the system – whether its to travel, buy food, go on holiday, get a medical appointment, get a job (if we have the right skills and its still possible to get one), you will no longer have the ability to live as a human being, unless you choose to comply.

Social scoring that governs what you can eat, drink, learn, buy, wear, watch, read, listen to is the nature of life that your passive vote for what is already underway, and your acquiescence is leading you to.

And once everything is in place, you will not have the choice to leave. As everything and every tool you will then need to regain anything that resembles independence will be fully under the system’s control.

But don’t worry too much. The system will do all that it can to keep you amused for every moment that you are awake, and your mind as far away as possible from even the smallest thing that could help you to awaken and escape.

Dispossession comes next

Fewer and fewer people will have jobs or employment in ways that we recognise either of them to be today.

AI was just the next in line of a series of excuses that have been used to take away jobs, lessen our independence, create dependency and to move towards a society where it is no longer possible for anyone to exist or to have a life that isn’t fully controlled without the consent of the system itself and therefore those who are a actually in control.

We are racing towards a two-tier society that has been engineered by design. With everything that gives us identity, culture and independence being either deliberately removed or brought under such strict control that people no longer believe themselves when they try to remember who they really are.

The pathway that we are on is one of dispossession. Where no matter our background, race, sex, gender, religion or anything we might still recognise as being aligned with what we today call identity will soon be erased. So that we will no longer have any ‘legitimacy’ we can call upon when there is even the merest hint breaking into the open that part of this grand plan was always that the unrequired masses would need to be erased.

Gaza and Palestine are regrettably a realtime model of what the philosophy and aims driving this pathway to create a perfect world inhabited only by the beautiful people who qualify as being within the chosen few is really about.

None of us should be under the illusion that bombing and bulldozing communities across the supposedly civilised west isn’t possible – just because the presence of Islamic extremism has given the establishment what appears to be a credible and legitimate excuse.

Part 4: Choice 2

Taking back control of your own decisions and choices, becoming a champion of your own personal sovereignty, making an active contribution to the future through change and creating a new culture based on a people centric and community driven way of thinking that has values and humanity right at its heart

A not so small caveat

One of the reasons that those of us who are happy to go along with whatever happens without asking questions or showing objection of any level or kind, is that we have become used to living lives without any kind of real turbulence such as lack, want, war or any kind of oppression in what we would all probably agree to be an open and easily recognisable form.

It is easy to believe that the way we experience everything today will continue. For no better reason than without having experienced life any differently, things will always remain this way – even though we see wars, famine, destruction and oppression on TV or the digital devices that we are plugged in to almost every day.

Likewise, for those of us who already consider themselves to be ‘awake’ and open to change as soon as the right leader or party gets elected, or alternatively people with a different and what they might consider to be an ‘enlightened’ point of view, such as members of the spiritual community who believe that changes in levels of consciousness are something that can just happen without anything else taking place, the genuine view persists that everything that we know will continue as is. With the only change necessary being how it is all run and that a change in leadership is probably all that will be needed for the world to have changed substantially enough for us all to behave in completely different ways.

Unfortunately, this is wishful thinking at best. At worst, it is completely out of touch with who and where we all really are.

The way the world is working – because we have collectively lost sight of values and what a good, healthy, balanced, just, fair and humane way of living looks like, means that change of the kind necessary is no longer optional or coming to us as a choice.

We don’t have the option of picking and choosing so that the change that is coming resembles something that we may be happy and comfortable with in any way and adversity or worse is something that nobody will be able to remain untouched by, because there isn’t any part of the system as we know it, that beyond the momentum that continues to carry it, will soon be able to restart it or make everything we know already continue to work.

The point of change could be recognisable as a financial crash and everything that it will lead to. It could all begin with a much greater kind of war that starts to impact on real life in ways that reach out far beyond the safety of our digital screens. Or we could even find ourselves in the middle of a new civil war – as some very learned people already believe that we are.

We cannot learn from anything that resembles this very easy, connected and entitled life that all of us have so easily fallen into, and smiled and felt good about ourselves as we have unconsciously surrendered and left everything of real value behind.

Giving up a way of living that feels so good and so rewarding, because the cost never matters when it’s someone else who always pays, means that we will not awaken to the need for a new, sustainable reality, until enough of us have experienced pain from what we have been doing and allowing it to happen in some way.

It is important to know and to recognise this before we continue to look at The Choice, because The Choice will not be possible for any of us to act upon, until we have all arrived at that point where we share that collective experience of emotional pain.

Some will desperately want things to be papered over and to go on as they always have done before.

They will listen to the same voices, channels and organisations that have always been there until that point that will then inevitably offer a return to the same, just as long as we make some sacrifices that will be necessary for us to return to the same place.

The problem is that the same place will never exist again. That is what understanding Choice 1 is all about and what it is all really for.

Choice 2 will be something that will be very different indeed.

Choice 2 will require a very big leap of faith. Because we have not experienced a world where humans respect each other and the environment around us in this way at any point in living memory at all.

It is also vital to be aware that the point of realisation that will affect us all will also be the greatest point of our vulnerability.

It will make us open to the influence of many of the false profits who already speak with such conviction about everything that’s wrong, but don’t actually offer us any kind of solution beyond a world where they and their friends will be the ones who are in charge.

Humanity 2.0: The software upgrade of all software upgrades

Metaphors and analogies have often proven to be the best way to connect difficult ideas to realities which typically exist within their own bubbles or ecosystems of thought and action.

One of the hardest truths that so many of us must now face – if we genuinely wish to experience meaningful change – is that to some greater or lesser degree, we have all been living a lie.

A lie about sustainability, sustainable living, what life becomes without real values and how money – which itself is with nothing – has taken over life and so transferred its intrinsic value into everything and everyone.

The discussion over what life really is, how it was created, whether we have been here before and above all what happens next after death isn’t what this book is about.

But how we function and what our purpose is or should be really is, are vitally important when it comes to awakening to The Choice. Because without recognising that we have one and that it is something over which we have sovereign control is the same thing as accepting whatever our fate will be from that point until then.

A useful tool or example we can all relate to over how advances within our own lives and life at community, national and even world level develop and change is to think about all of our thought processes and our collective thought processes as being like advances in software.

After many different evolutions of the humanity platform (not unlike MS Windows and its associated software programs) we are now on the verge of downloading Humanity 2.0 – But all have a choice as to whether we want to pay the ongoing fee for it, or would rather cling to the wreckage of the older version, because it doesn’t appear to have any cost.

Humanity 1.0 was good. And let’s face it, it was around for a long time.

But a long time was long enough for many of the wrong people to hack it, write patches, viruses and malware that made something which could have evolved further and further to becoming good for everyone into a program that has made everyone and everything vulnerable to malevolent actors. The few who only want to use the tools they already have and that are developed to make a profit and increase their own control.

Humanity 2.0 offers something entirely different.

And it’s different because it is a new software platform that we can use to step off a develop a good form of humanity that works for everyone and is remarkably empowering in unimaginable ways, because it starts by bringing all of our personal sovereignty and therefore our power straight back.

The interesting thing about H2.0 is we have the opportunity to take anything that is good from the world today and repurpose it so that it works beneficially for everyone in potential myriad ways.

We only need to agree on the outcome that serves humanity and the environment we live in best. Then begin the process of building the frameworks for life and governance that make it work and will ensure that it is then kept and maintained that way.

Bringing back power to each of us is the ultimate act of devolution and bringing power back to people and the communities that they live and work in, where everything essential to life must remain and be available to touch, and open to scrutiny by line of sight.

Reclaiming Personal Sovereignty

The true value of every person is who we or they really are within the unchanging space that sits in the world behind the eyes.

Everyone’s true essence, spirit, soul, mind or whichever term makes the most sense to you cannot be defined and made different in any material sense or way.

Whilst our respective views may be different, because the sum of each persons experience are always different and make them who they are, it is the power that comes from understanding or having the opportunity to understand and fully utilise our freedom to be at this level where we are fully self aware, that provides genuine independence, freedom and a relationship with the world outside of ourselves that fully respects who we are.

The ability to choose or make a choice isn’t necessarily freedom in itself. As choices can, are and have already all too often been manipulated so that those who trust people with power in the world will believe they have choices which are not actually any choice at all.

Humanity 2.0 offers the opportunity for every person to reclaim their Personal Sovereignty, and for that Personal Sovereignty to be respected by others, even when for any reason the individual is unable or chooses not to exercise the extremes of this choice in relation to everything that effects or is sovereign to us.

People First is not just a term that sounds good. It is nothing less than the gateway to a restructuring of every part of governance and society that ultimately tips every conceivable domino in the direction of a chain that restores everyone’s Personal Sovereignty or Freedom.

Personal Sovereignty is genuine equality for everyone. As it values everyone in exactly the same way and requires that we all respect the sanctity of that sovereignty in all others as we expect it to be considered by others in relation to ourselves.

Recognising that the real value of everyone is essentially the same. Every one of us deserves the same opportunity to be themselves if they are able and choose to do so.

This is a key element of Humanity 2.0.

Dispossessing Takeover Tech

One of the most difficult challenges that we face in the transition to a new world, where values are the focus, within systems that are openly transparent and which we can trust, is the breaking and deconstruction of the myths and narratives that have been carefully crafted to support the digital takeover and the unnecessary pathway to dominance of AI.

The future of Humanity 2.0 recognises the value in all forms of technology that can enhance and improve life, the human experience and preserve and maintain the natural systems that sustain real living and real life.

We will dispossess all forms of technology that have sidelined human activity or literally made jobs and people redundant, simply so that a greater profit could be made.

Technology and innovation are developed and supported purely for the benefit of communities and the people within them, and no form of digital technology is allowed to function with rules, programming or algorithms that are driven by agendas of any kind.

Localisation

The Future is Local.

Everything, whether it’s what you understand today to be business, government, public services, supply chains, banking, news and media, education, training all runs within localised systems that disseminate from the collective control of the community and run as independent organisations in their own right.

Localisation returns the ability for everyone to contribute and work towards the supply of the goods and services that we need, rather than purely what anyone wants, and brings balance back to the division of activity vs reward, so that no person or group of people can subvert or rewrite the way that any system or part of governance works so they may profit or gain inequitably from the efforts or being of others in some way.

The community is the centre of everything.

No other form of centralisation is necessary for anything that is essential for life.

Power belongs fully to the people and communities choose their own representatives, who then choose from amongst their number to provide representation at regional and national level where the limited number of decisions are made where it is appropriate to do so collectively at that level. Because it will have exactly the same impact upon every person within that region or at national level in only a quantitative way.

Quality of life and our role in maintaining it is a key part of the way that everything runs and is designed and motivated within Humanity 2.0.

People, their freedom to be individuals and the opportunity for them to be able to exercise their Personal Sovereignty are always the priority in everything.

Community Empowerment

In Humanity 2.0, the role of community is to always be at the centre of governance frameworks that themselves allow as much freedom as possible for everyone and every business without then being able to take more or assert any kind of inappropriate control over others or any form of supply.

Restoring Democracy

Everyone contributes to the appointment and election of community representatives and is required to vote on any issue where changes are made that will have an effect on everyone.

There are clear rules about becoming a community representative that preclude anyone who cannot demonstrate openly to the community that they are not only fit and proper, but also appropriately experienced, skilled and motivated to prioritise the call of public service above all other things, when so ever and however their time, effort and commitment may be called.

Political parties no longer exist because they aren’t needed.

Although there is describable community leadership, the systems and processes that hide and facilitate tyranny and dictatorship no longer exist.

The democratic system is designed so that those making decisions that will affect any person will be accessible and answerable to that person and representatives are able to explain and justify fully how and why decisions are being made.

Locality Economics

Humanity 2.0 restores the value of people, their contribution and their productivity to the core of a local economic model, which uses money correctly as a unit of exchange, but also provides a system of Local Market Exchanges that are hybrid in nature and directly facilitate the exchange or bartering of goods, services and the provision of experience or skills to be traded for local forms of currency in digital or cash forms.

Banking is a service to the marketplace, as we do not require financial establishments for anything else.

The community itself sets trading rates for essential goods and services whilst facilitating outside trade and exchange for spare goods and underused capacity of services whilst securing anything additional that the community may require.

The most profound difference between the future Humanity 2.0 and the system that we are experiencing today is that every activity is focused on enabling everyone to live independently of support such as benefits, charity or debt, in a way that allows even the lowest paid workers or contributors to have what we would recognise as financial freedom.

Every part of the economic structure and everything that feeds into it is targeted and governed with this aim and we have a societal benchmark called The Basic Living Standard which requires that a full working week will provide remuneration that will never fall below that which is necessary for the employee to provide themselves with all of the essentials that they need, without having to call on help or become a burden to others, unless they are experiencing difficult times.

With the perceived need to always be seeking and finding new ways to profit removed from the system, everyone and every organisation is focused only upon doing work that supports everything that is essential for life.

This ensures that everyone’s basic needs are always met within the scope of what the lowest remunerated can afford.

The Basic Living Standard has recalibrated the relationship with money that everyone has and even without this vital framework for earnings, business ownership and earnings which are always appropriate and fair, the focus on working only so that we can all live happily and well has restored balance where once we experienced the growing and progressively disproportionate wealth divide.

Our Local Future

Humanity 2.0 is a future of freedom without oppression or control that isn’t needed that ensures that everyone’s basic needs are met – which is as far as any system of governance should reach.

Visualisation of what a locality-based future will look and feel like isn’t easy. But it is something that we need to consider at a detailed, functional level, all the same.

If you would like to begin considering what the choice of freedom for us all might look like and how it would work, please visit Our Local Future, which has been written and published to help you as you consider this choice and what the benefits of a people centric future will look like for you.

Avoiding the Choice

Not choosing is also a choice.

When there is a decision of any kind to be made, there is always a choice. Because opting not to pursue any choice is a rejection of that opportunity and therefore a decision to take the pathway which appears to continue to be the same.

If you are just going along with everything life does to you, for you and apparently on behalf of you, you are still making a choice. Even if you remain as passive in your approach to everything that it would be possible for anyone to be.

The Grassroots Manifesto | Full Text

Establishing Public Policy & Governance for a New Democracy, the post-Great Reset and putting the Grassroots, our Communities and people first

Introduction

You may not realise it. You may not accept it. But a Revolution of everything that we know and understand is already underway.

Begin to look closely at the news, at politics and how everything that each of us interacts with is now affecting and shaping our daily lives, and you will soon begin to understand and appreciate that there are forces of great turbulence at work.

In isolation, each and every part of ‘normal’ life is being systematically attacked, reformed and reshaped in ways that only seem unobtrusive and without harm, because we fail to see the interconnectivity of everything that is happening.

The reality we are in right now is one where an old world that has thrived loudly by quietly hurting us all is collapsing.

The powers responsible for that old world and its collapse are slowly and manipulative controlling the creation of a new world, whilst manipulating us all into adopting systems and behaviours that will eventually mould its controlling shape.

The role we are playing and the role that we have played.

Whilst the majority of us are either not aware or pour scorn on such suggestions, our collective ignorance of this collapse and process of deliberately intended change is not without considerable risk to our own futures and the generations that will follow us beyond.

That ignorance leads those of us who are unaware of what is happening to believe that the way that are lives are now constructed and all the cultural norms that we employ have been a natural progression and a beneficial choice.

We do not or will not see nor accept that hidden within the mechanics, the toys and the feelings of personal greatness that this whole age employs, lies our own voluntary acceptance of the real agendas that have and still drive all of this. Agendas and plans that are all about self-interest and the removal of anything that identifies the self and what we believe to be our remaining freedom – which is our ability to choose or our freedom of choice.

Few will be ready to accept the direction of travel that we inevitably face, until the hurt and restriction that this grand plan or strategy reaches and then hits each and every one of us directly in the face.

It’s happening now. 15 Minute Cities & LTNs, The Trans Debate, Net Zero, Cows being fed anti-methane tablets, Central Bank Digital Currencies, Cashless Society, Cancelling People, Wokeism, Political Correctness, AI (Artificial Intelligence) and much, much more. These ARE ALL part of a deliberate attack on personal identity, on personal freedom and upon what we used to recognise as Humanity itself – and it’s all driven by selfishness, stupidity and an overwhelming desire for complete control.

It may be hard to understand and agree with. But these things are only happening and are only coming into being because we are accepting them.

We are doing nothing to stop the direction of travel itself, and where we are beginning to stand up and fight, we are doing so only when the issue itself is one that seems to be most important to us.

Understanding the change that our own role in the Community requires of us.

We didn’t knowingly choose to surrender more and more of our own power to people who are abusing the power and influence they have to pursue their own agendas and how they see the world will work.

But we have acquiesced and played an important part in all that is happening, because we have not questioned the perceived benefits of everything we have collectively been given.

We have collectively failed everyone who has already suffered as a result, as the thinking we have become accustomed to has increasingly affirmed that such problems always belong to others and are therefore not our own.

A spiritual outlook upon life is not required to understand that everything is connected and that disadvantage and suffering for anyone will always have an effect on everyone else in some way – even if the events or outcomes are so far apart, that it would appear there is simply no way that we could ever logically join all the dots up.

But by accepting ideas like processed foods are better because someone somewhere else has made them seem cheap, or that we can afford everything in life as long as we are able to keep borrowing, we are actually helping to make what is for some a life that is already un-liveable, progressively even worse.

If things don’t change, if WE don’t change, the problems you see as someone else’s today, will be knocking on your front door too, very soon.

If collectively, or rather as the majority, we continue to accept that a wealth, money and material values base and everything that comes with it is normal, the reality is that what some of us still believe to be freedom, and what is left of the concept we understand as humanity is and will be completely damned.

Yet we do have a choice or an alternative. And that alternative can come to us in either one of two different ways.

Proactive or Reactive Change: Change voluntarily or wait and have no choice.

This is a particularly dangerous time for the world and for everyone living today. Not because we are experiencing the process leading to the end of an epoch. But because so few of us accept that anything is in the process of change.

Worse still, of those who accept it, the majority do not see just how far that change will reach and what impact it really will or could potentially have for us all.

It has been said that a little bit of knowledge is a dangerous thing. Couple that up with the deceptive levels of complexity that everything in the world offers us today, and you will soon realise that we have a very simple view of a problem that requires great thought and intelligence to understand, and that we all – or those that represent us – must reach the level of intelligent understanding that is necessary, before the simple solutions that will be good for us all can be created and then put into place to be of benefit for us all.

The people who think they understand the problems today, don’t. So, they keep telling everyone who will listen that they do, whilst doing absolutely nothing to prepare for what comes next.

Ultimately, without us changing, the New World or New Earth that will emerge at the other side of The Great Reset, will be defined by the same people who are controlling everything that we have and that happens to us now.

The alternative is that we all come together, take back the power that is ours – that those leading us today have assumed to be theirs by right, and then define, redefine, re-establish or create our own new system and rules, that must by their very nature be established from the Grassroots within our very own Communities and then without definable hierarchies spread its influence from the Grassroots-Up.

The change we have the power to own can begin right now.

We have the opportunity to begin working on establishing the guiding rules, principles and structures for our New Earth now.

It is a choice that we all have.

One that requires that we begin a proper conversation and dialogue with everyone who is already open to it. That we don’t attack or obstruct those who currently are not awakened to it. And that instead of looking up through the layers of hierarchy with the expectation that the answers and solutions will come from those who are already, or want to be the next ones at the top, we instead focus all our energies on working with everyone at our own level, whilst embracing all those who we would previously have looked down upon and seeing them as the equals they really are.

By switching from talking to doing, many would be surprised just how much could be done. Actions always speak much louder than words after all, and the strongest and most powerful words and commands for the change that we need ahead will always come from people just like you.

We do not need the surety of numbers to know that preparation is the right course of action, or that it is vital for anyone who is already awake to get on and do.

The risk is that by continuing to talk and shout loudly but do nothing constructive or make no proactive contribution when we have the perfect opportunity to do so right now, that we will collectively miss the chance to precipitate and take control of change voluntarily.

If we miss this open goal of a chance, our only further opportunity is likely to come only in the middle of a crisis, when the fear that the powers in charge today have worked so hard to cultivate and evolve, will push and push for the majority to take what appears to be the quick, easy and safest option, that will in fact condemn humanity to a very different and terrible way.

The System Collapse may not be obvious and without us being aware, it could take years rather than happening in just one day.

The emphasis on beginning work to create and build our New Earth now is necessary, simply because the building blocks of change are already in play.

It is human to think and believe that change of any magnitude will take place as part of an event or process that is not only definable, but obvious to anyone experiencing that change as it happens or in real time.

However, change is and always has been happening around us all the time, whether we are conscious of it or not.

The difference between the decisions that lawmakers, politicians and their influencers are controlling now and what they have been over many decades previously, is that the fallout from all of that bad decision making is now really beginning to hit everything.

We are in the end game and death throes of the old world and old system and our failure not to engage and resist the so-called solutions to the problems that they created and which they are also guiding, means that we are accepting their interpretation of what is best for the world, once all the mess they are responsible for has been cleared up – with the full cost apportioned not to them, but comprehensively towards all of us.

The chances are that the mismanagement of everything has been so bad, that the system we have today will reach a point where the seamless change that the Establishment and the elites believe is possible without consequence won’t happen at all.

Things will come to a complete halt, and when events take over from the clever propaganda and manipulation that is so forcefully at work, there will be a flashpoint where we literally have a moment in time to take back control for ourselves, or someone else will do so.

Without us changing the way we think and the way we are viewing and interacting with all this, it remains likely that those who can buy off enough people with promises of a return to what we know as normality – will step in and win – without anyone really understanding the true cost – That is IF the alternative message and a different direction that is credible is not already there and ready to fill the void.

Looking back will not help anyone now.

What we may not realise, as we look forward and think about what might happen next, is the lens that we are viewing the future with was created and formed with our experiences of the past.

We are quite literally thinking about the changing world and what could happen using the reference points and the understanding of everything that we have experienced as the point where we would jump off into whatever comes next.

Some would argue that is what experience is: the benchmark or guide you use for navigating the future. But the experience of the old world and the system that we are leaving and experience of a healthy life, being self-aware and being human in all things are two completely different things.

If we continue to navigate what lies ahead of us with the same value set that got us into this mess, we will condemn ourselves and the generations that follow to the state of dehumanised subservience that is now the ultimate aim of those who created the road that we now follow.

The alternative isn’t some kind of spiritual awakening – that by its very nature suggests that we all have to qualify in some way to ‘get in’.

The alternative to this hinges or is anchored upon the way that we think, and to think differently.

We must all take the leap of faith and open our minds to the reality that it is what we haven’t yet experienced that offers us real freedom and an altogether much better way.

Look to your neighbours, your peers and the people you once looked down upon. Reject the idea that the best solutions and right-minded thinking comes from someone ‘at the top’.

Asking everyone to think differently or change the way we think, does indeed make it sound as if the process that so many of us now need to embrace will be as simple as changing the way that we think about just one thing.

Meaningful change requires that we all have to change the way we look and think about everything.

To reach a place or a level of understanding where we will all be able to see, experience and interact with life differently and in a way that will then be healthy for us all, requires that we adopt the first, most meaningful or profound changes to the way that we think, as a matter of faith.

Only then will we provide ourselves with the motivation and confidence necessary to make sense of changing our minds about everything else that follows next.

The first step is of course the most significant. That is the rejection of the Top-Down system that controls and influences everything that we know and interact with today.

Nobody will underestimate just how difficult not only this change will be in thought, but what is in practicality itself a rejection of the basis of everything that we have been conditioned to believe will be.

Top-Down thinking is ingrained within every part of The System and how everything we know or have known currently works.

Top-Down thinking runs our system of government and the way that our so-called Democracy works. It runs the public sector; it runs large companies and organisations. It structures the way that just about everything else that we know and understands works.

Top-Down is also called centralisation in other – and deliberately deceptive terms.

Top-Down or centralised power structures are only good for the decision makers or the people who are at the top.

Top-Down power structures are in no way considerate of the real-life realities of the people at the bottom.

Top-Down hierarchies only appear to be favourable to those who gain in some way as they climb up the tiers or levels, as they become more important in the process of maintaining the message and in keeping control – again, because to do so is beneficial to those at the top in some way.

Top-Down decision makers and influencers are rarely if ever accessible to anyone other than friends and family, who doesn’t come from one of the hierarchical layers that sandwich them, or more often than not is at peer level or beneath them – again, promoting the idea that it’s all about being better, being the same, or having something more.

The only people you can trust fully are the people who are in your life, who are accessible, who share the same experiences; the people who you can actually see without newspaper, an electronic device or a screen.

Your power sits within your sphere of influence. You can either embrace it or reject it. But there will always be consequences you have no control over, if you don’t.

The Grassroots Revolution (The Great Reset or Great Awakening)

Deep down, the majority of people do at least realise that there is very little that is actually ‘normal’ about any of the things that we are outwardly experiencing now. Whether it be the behaviour of politicians, the group think, the rejection of common sense, the ridiculous speed and growth of inflation, the way that The Covid Pandemic was handled, and pretty much everything that the Establishment now does.

The reason that we are not openly embracing and taking control of the change that is underway already, is too many of us remain invested in the way that the current system still works.

Collectively, we are sleepwalking under the forlorn hope that the unsustainable, self-enriching and selfish ways that we have been living will get us back to how it always was. That once the blips like the war in Ukraine and the end of physical cash are over, the way of living that thrives on each of us putting ourselves and what we want rather than only what we need, will continue unopposed.

We have to be realistic enough to understand that many of us are so heavily invested in the whimsical and take-everything-for-granted lifestyles that we have, that nothing will change the collective mind about the true cost of its so-called benefits, until our participation either causes us direct pain, or the whole lifestyle itself ends or is taken away from us by external and uncontrollable events.

Whether we are dragged, kicking and screaming by events – as in this case it would be, whether we are awakening to all of this now, or whether we have had our eyes wide open to it all for a very long time, the process we are going through is so massively significant that once it has been completed, it will have resulted in a reset of everything that we know.

The Establishment has claimed the process already and called it The Great Reset.

Yet the Establishment are not in control of it.

Although they are using the cloak created by seemingly endless crisis to implement and impose new public policies, closing farms, feeding cows methane blockers, net zero, 15 Minutes Cities, eating ground crickets, Central Bank Digital Currencies, endless ‘human rights’ and using everything else that defies logic to cement the claim that everything is theirs to own for the long term, it is right now and during this period of transition that the choice is ours to reject and walk away from this malevolent and unnecessary plan at any time.

Hope is bubbling, but it doesn’t yet have the process necessary to come to the boil.

On the flipside, there is indeed a movement or rather a loose affiliation of different groups that accept the need for change.

It is made up of individuals, personalities, some smaller (but nonetheless mainstream) political parties, spiritual groups, conspiracy theorists, new ageists, spiritual and religious groups and potentially many more, all of whom are in one way or another seeing the process as being a Great Awakening.

The problem that is common amongst this loose affiliation is one that they share with the Establishment itself.

Culturally and subconsciously, all of them see Money and the Top-Down value set that surrounds it as being mechanically central to how everything works. Rather than life being all about people – as it will always be.

Until enough of us can look at life in a very different way and accept that life can and will be able to operate very differently with a non-money focus, even the most spiritually free of us are still disposed to accepting solutions that the Establishment will continue to offer – even when the critical moment comes when it will be obvious to everyone that it is broke.

Keep it real. Keep looking ahead.

This analysis does sound negative indeed. But it is a genuine assessment of where things are now, written without the wanky hopeism that too many of the people and groups who genuinely already believe that they understand everything that’s happening and that they have ‘got this’, actually employ.

The overwhelming risk to a future with real freedom, that is genuinely happy, healthy, safe and secure for us all, actually comes from all of ourselves.

The fact is that en-masse, we are absolutely open to plotting a future, as long as all the reference points and standards come from looking back.

When you value the past more than you do the future, you can easily be bought off, because the familiarity that comes within the lies, always appears to contain certainty and therefore the deception of a reliable truth.

Real value awaits us in our future if we take it. But to take it, we have to place our faith in it without any hollow promise, and we have to make that decision right now.

Uncomfortable as it is to even write, I believe it to be inevitable that the power of humanity will eventually shine through. But for enough of us to awaken to the level we genuinely need to, we face a reality that will literally mean that the ground underneath us will have to shake, and all that we hold dear to ourselves today will have to be broken or taken away from us first.

Whichever route it will be, we are already on an inevitable path that doesn’t include the designs of the Establishment, the worlds billionaires, today’s politicians, organisations such as the WEF or WHO – no matter how universally appealing or utopian these very silly people believe their vision and control-is-in-humanities-best-interests messaging might be.

One way or another, we are already on a journey and a process of change that will result in nothing less than a complete revolution, which will have meaning for us all, because it will deliver balance, fairness and justice for all, which today seems all but impossible and will continue to appear so for as long as we culturally worship money, and have vacuous and massively selfish people ruling over us from the top.

When this process ends, locality will once again be the most important of all Community tools and our system and system of Governance or Democracy will no longer function from the Top-Down.

Life will be all about the empowerment of the individual and their place and role within the Community.

The system will be Grassroots-Up.

What is The Grassroots Manifesto

Whilst we would probably all agree that it would be wonderful if positive change were to simply arrive, or perhaps more practically, the people we elect to represent us would always work tirelessly to ensure that’s all we will ever get, the truth of the matter is that the world we know doesn’t work that way.

In our personal and private lives, positive change usually begins with us. This troubled world we share is no different.

But in amongst this crisis, the change must begin with us all.

It’s difficult to create change without direction at any time. So when the very nature of this change or reset demands that we create, establish, evolve and develop a system that creates a framework or system of Governance for life which represents something that none of us who are alive has experienced before, we all need some ideas, suggestions and basic materials to work with, so that the meaningful and inclusive debate that we all need to happen can begin.

The Grassroots Manifesto is a game plan.

The Grassroots Manifesto is a document with a plan or strategy that is built on the principle that real change is not an evolution from what we already know but begins with what we will know.

The Grassroots Manifesto then begins the process of creating anew, or adapts that which can be adapted, so that there is a place to start from which includes everyone and builds a system from the Grassroots Up that has no biases or offers no favours, other than being equitable and considerate to the needs and experiences of us all.

The Grassroots Manifesto is a focus upon where local and public policy will be, once control has been returned to the People and their Communities, to where a sense of true Democracy exists, with power coming from the individual, to the Community, to the region, to the nation, to the world, through a process which is undoubtedly Grassroots-Up or even across.

The Makeshift Manifesto and the process that led here.

Public Policy has interested me since I was a teenager. Throughout the time since, I have always followed politics closely, and was directly involved firstly in its delivery, working for a Rural Community Council and then a County Council, before setting and interpreting it as a Town Councillor, a Parish Councillor and as a Borough (District) Councillor, where I was also Chairman of a Licensing Authority too.

Using my own Life and Professional experiences as a pool of information, in addition to the countless interactions I have been fortunate to have with so many different people who come from all walks of life, I worked hard as a politician and regulatory facilitator to understand all of the different perspectives of everyone involved in whatever policy I worked on, and always aimed to understand and have a respect for the range of different influences and drivers that are inevitably involved.

As we approached the December 2019 General Election, I tapped out a manifesto, detailing the different things that I then believed a good government would need to do, IF it really wanted to get public policy moving in a much better and therefore different way. It’s called the Makeshift Manifesto and can be downloaded as a Kindle Book from Amazon, HERE.

Things have moved on from then and the opportunities that our politicians had open to them then and the choices they could have taken and embraced on our behalf no longer exist. This in no small part due to the response that the current Government and MPs from all of the Political Parties sitting at the Westminster Parliament made in response to The Covid Pandemic. Poor choices and mismanagement that have only continued as The Ukraine War came into focus and the all of the fallout from over 50 years of Neoliberal miss-rule has begun to come home to roost.

Why has The Grassroots Manifesto been written.

As someone who has experienced many different aspects of life, faced challenges and difficulties that I wouldn’t wish on anyone, as well as having moments of genuine peace and happiness that it is my hope we will all learn to experience as normal and share, I possess understanding and insights that I have the opportunity to offer others and to share, which will hopefully make sense to anyone ready to embrace this impending change – and more importantly, what kind of shape this change is going to take – IF we want to take back our power and take control of it.

Ultimately, The Grassroots Revolution is already underway. It is the process which will deliver a genuine Democracy that itself will establish a truly balanced, fair and just system, and then protect it, so that happy, healthy, safe and secure lives are prioritised and can never be side-lined as now, or as the current establishment plans – replaced.

How The Grassroots Manifesto works.

The Grassroots Manifesto is presented in three parts.

The first part focuses on the necessary step of creating and implementing a new Democracy and Electoral System that completely replaces the system that exists in the UK / Great Britain now.

The second and third parts focus on the difference between rules which are frameworks that guide and ensure universal standards and then, on the creation and implementation of regulations and laws that might then fit within that.

Part 1 is The New Democracy

Part 2 is The Frameworks.

Part 3 is The Grassroots Manifesto itself.

Democracy

The key step in the process of meaningful change that will benefit everyone in a balanced, fair and just way will be the rejection and end of the existing Democratic System, Electoral System and System of Government that exists within the UK / Great Britain.

With the system of Governance that we have working only for itself and for those within it and those who benefit from it, the system has passed any point of good it could reach.

The existing system has proven to be too easily corrupted by too many different influences for it to be able to provide the assurance of impartiality that will ensure a truly balanced, fair and just system of Governance can be fully accessible to all, and for it to then maintained.

The outline Public Policies that will establish this New Democracy will be, that:

  1. This new age of Democracy will be established at Community level and from the Grassroots Up at The Reestablishment.
  2. All existing tiers of government (Parish, Town, Borough, District, County, Unitary, Assembly, Parliament, Mayorships, Police & Crime Commissioners etc) will immediately cease to exist, upon The Reestablishment.
  3. ALL ‘sitting’ politicians are representatives of the old world. At the point of The Reestablishment, the ‘seats’ they were elected to represent will cease to exist and they will no longer hold any responsibility – assumed, or otherwise – for anything in the public realm.
  4. No former politician who was a member of any former registered political party will be eligible to become a candidate for election as a Community Representative or to any public office for a period of 12 years following The Reestablishment.
  5. Political Parties by their very nature pursue ideologies and motives that are not shared by the majority and will be prohibited.
  6. The creation of The New Democracy will not rely upon the guidance of existing establishment figures who have played their part or have been directly responsible for the problems that they have caused.
  7. Former establishment leaders cannot be trusted to work to any agenda other than what already exists and therefore is their own. They will be dismissed.
  8. All public policy decisions and the weight of responsibility and power shall be focused upon Local Assemblies.
  9. Responsibility for public policy decisions will only be handed to a level of Community covering a larger area and include the responsibility for more people where it makes practical sense to do so.
  10. The functional, operational or service delivery aspects of all existing tiers of government (with the exception of what are stand alone or non-government public organisations) shall continue under the management and guidance of the relevant Community Assembly until such time as those services have been removed, reformed, revised or redefined.
  11. Responsibility for the provision of services provided by stand alone and non-government public service providers will be allocated to Community Assemblies under Public Interest Companies (PIC).

Local Assemblies

  • Local Assemblies will be opened to the membership and democratic participation of all adults who reside within a Community or locality.
  • Local Assemblies shall be responsible for all decision making that can be carried out and implemented at Local Level.
  • A Local Assembly area may be defined by what were previously known as Parish or Town Council Wards (Not the whole area of an existing Town or Parish Council catchment – as these may be significant), or by the geographic boundaries of a small village, hamlet or definable suburban or Town area, whichever is smaller.
  • Where Parish or Town Councils currently do not exist, equivalent areas will be defined and used as the catchment area for its own Local Assembly.
  • The Community will appoint no less than 5 and no more than 7 Community Representatives to take decisions on behalf of the Community, when there is not sufficient time for a Local Assembly to be called.
  • Community Representatives will be elected to Local Assemblies for terms of 3 years and can be re-elected to a Local Assembly no more than 6 times (allowing them to ‘sit’ as a Community Representative within a Local Assembly for no more than 21 years in total).
  • Community Representatives will possess appropriate skills, knowledge and experience that will enable them to answer questions and discuss policy objectively and without bias in a Local Assembly.
  • Community Representatives will each be appointed to research and gain understanding of public policy areas that fall outside the remit of the Local Assembly itself.
  • Local Assemblies will meet monthly or as frequently as necessary to ensure that no Community business is carried over for a period exceeding 30 days from when it became known.
  • With the exception of emergency decisions – which will themselves be defined by the Local Assembly, ALL decisions will be made by vote, by all members of the Community present at the relevant Local Assembly.
  • Local Assemblies will elect an Assembly Facilitator for each Year.
  • Local Assembly Facilitators can be re-elected twice (and able to Facilitate for up to 3 consecutive years) but will not be able to volunteer to for that role again, once they have stepped down.
  • Local Assemblies will make all local decisions on public policy, with delivery itself undertaken under the operational management of Community Assemblies.
  • Local Assemblies shall elect 2 Community Representatives to its Community Assembly.

Community Assemblies

  • Community Assemblies will be opened to bring together Community Representatives from all of the Local Assemblies within an area defined by what were previously known as Counties or County areas.
  • Community Assemblies shall take legislative responsibility for any matters that fall between the Local and National Level for purposes of practicality and no more.
  • Community Assemblies will meet monthly or as frequently as necessary to ensure that no Community business is carried over for a period exceeding 30 days from when it became known.
  • Community Representatives will become eligible for election to a Community Assembly after serving no less than 54 consecutive months on one of the Local Assemblies that form the same Community Assembly.
  • Community Representatives will be elected to Community Assemblies for terms of 3 years and can be re-elected to a Community Assembly no more than 5 times (allowing them to ‘sit’ as a Community Representative in Community Assembly for no more than 18 years in total).
  • Community Assemblies will elect an Assembly Facilitator or Chairperson for each Year.
  • Community Assembly Facilitators can be re-elected twice (and able to Facilitate for up to 3 consecutive years) but will not be able to volunteer to for that role again, once they have stepped down.
  • Community Assemblies will take responsibility for operational management of all Local Service Provision and provide all relevant services through Public Interest Companies (PIC) which shall function on a not-for-profit basis in every way.
  • Community Assemblies will have the joint role of being the relevant legislative body for decision making that sits between Local and National Assemblies, whilst also being the facilitator or provider of all Local Services.
  • Community Assemblies will have no ability or remit to refuse or change directives for service provision provided by Local Assemblies.
  • Community Assemblies shall elect 2 Community Representatives to the National Assembly.

The National Assembly

  • A National Assembly will be opened to bring together Community Representatives from all of the Community Assemblies from across what is known as The United Kingdom or Great Britain.
  • The National Assembly will be convened with a membership of Community Representatives elected from each Community Assembly.
  • Community Representatives will become eligible for election to The National Assembly after serving no less than 84 consecutive months on one of the Community Assemblies.
  • Community Representatives will be elected to The National Assembly for terms of 3 years and can be re-elected to a Community Assembly no more than 4 times (allowing them to ‘sit’ as a Community Representative in Community Assembly for no more than 15 years in total).
  • The National Assembly will elect an Assembly Facilitator or Chairperson for each Year.
  • National Assembly Facilitators can be re-elected twice (and able to Facilitate for up to 3 consecutive years) but will not be able to volunteer to for that role again, once they have stepped down.
  • Community Representatives will be appointed to research and gain understanding of specialist National and International public policy areas that have been delegated to The National Assembly.
  • Community Representatives with allocated National or International Briefs will be able to provide any or all members of the National Assembly with detailed analysis, advice and where appropriate solutions, to inform before any vote is taken.
  • All decisions of The National Assembly shall be taken by vote, with the exception of emergency matters, which will be temporarily delegated to The National Assembly Chairperson and all Community Representatives appointed to the relevant Briefs.
  • Emergency decisions will be reviewed at the next sitting of The National Assembly, where they will either be endorsed, changed or rescinded by majority vote.
  • IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, The National Assembly can only pass emergency decision making powers to The National Assembly Facilitator for a period not exceeding 1 (one) calendar month. Such delegation must be approved by a majority of The National Assembly and can be rescinded by a majority vote of attending Members at any time.
  • The National Assembly will appoint members of the National Assembly as representatives to all international bodies that have relevance to the pursuit of collective collaboration, mutually beneficial trading arrangements and National Security.
  • The National Assembly may not confer legislative or decision-making powers to any other assembly, council, meeting or parliament, whether constituent with the UK / Great Britain, or outside, in any circumstances or at any time.

Lobbying

  • All forms of closed lobbying by Community members, businesses and interest groups will be prohibited.
  • No Community Representative may accept gifts or hospitality of any kind during their tenure, or for a period of no less than 5 years previously, or 10 years thereafter.
  • Where any individual or business has a matter of public or Community interest to share, this will be raised within the Local Assembly and where necessary escalated across to the Community or National Assembly where it is in the interest of the Community to do so.

The Monarchy

  • The Monarchy as we have known it is at its end.
  • The Monarchy in its pre-Reestablishment form is representative of the Top-Down hierarchical order and any form of hereditary power or influence is not appropriate for New Earth or Grassroots-Up Governance of any kind.
  • No person shall be able to influence the life of another, simply because of their birth or their relationship to any other person.
  • A Referendum or Plebiscite shall be held within 12 months of the Reestablishment where the full UK / Great Britain Electorate shall be asked to choose between complete removal of The Monarchy, or its transformation into a small, figurehead organisation where a) Members of the House of Windsor will continue to provide a strictly ‘figurehead’ role, or any future monarch be selected for set periods by a system of voting through Local Assemblies and Community Assemblies before being administered by The National Assembly.
  • In any case and in all circumstances, members of the existing Royal Household will not be protected by position or relationship and shall be treated the same as any other UK / Great Britain resident if they are accused and/or convicted of any crime, or of the misuse of their privilege.

Honours & Titles

  • Hereditary Titles, Positions and all associated benefits shall end and cease to hold any deferential value at The Reestablishment.
  • The existing ‘honours system’ shall cease at The Reestablishment
  • A new Community Honours system will be created, with awards made for recognition of service to the Community by those who have done so voluntarily, without seeking recognition, and outside of their normal professional roles.

Part 1: Frameworks (A Community Route)

Frameworks For Freedoms

The point sadly missed by many is that the solutions to the majority of the problems we face are not for any one of us, as individuals, to find answers to or come up with the right fix.

Today, we have specific groups, whether that be politicians, banks, businesses, elites or others, attempting and in many cases succeeding in dictating public policy and so-called solutions to problems (that their behavior has usually created), on the basis that they believe their ideas are best for everyone.

Regrettably, although many of the speakers and publicly known influencers that we can all see as recognising the need for change have their own ideas and solutions, and in many cases appear to provide an alternative, these ideas are also made in isolation.

Although the results from them being in control might appear different, if we were to simply exchange what we have now for what loud voices and false prophets are offering us instead, we would inevitably end up with many more problems that would only get progressively worse – which would basically be exactly the same thing as we have and experience now.

People and their Communities must be supported to make all of the decisions that affect only them.

Amongst those decisions must be the selection and appointment of those public representatives who will represent that Community when decisions are made about anything else.

Regrettably, the point has been lost today, that as long as anyone’s behaviour is not hindering the freedom of others, they will themselves be free and unhindered to do and behave in any way they like.

The obligation of the Community will only ever be to manage and to provide resources, rules and regulations that work for and in the best interests of that Community and nothing more.

These Frameworks for Freedoms must always be universal in nature, so that they treat each and every person exactly the same.

Frameworks for Freedoms will ensure that no person is given either an advantage or disadvantage if they should find themselves with nothing in terms of material wealth, or if holding no material wealth should indeed be their own voluntary choice.

In its simplest and most easy to describe form, a framework rule would be something like that we today understand as the minimum wage – where EVERYONE must be paid that minimum hourly rate, no matter what job it is that they do.

Universality does not entertain prejudices. Nor does it recognise the differences that today’s social conditioning has.

So, no matter how we might have been previously told or required to identify someone – whatever the reasons might be, those reasons that we use to attribute social value to them in some way today, must now be discarded and left behind.

EVERYONE enters and leaves this world the same. Frameworks for Freedom must ensure that no rules exist which allow anyone to define themselves as being different to others through any position or wealth that they have attained or have been gifted in other ways.

Success and apparent happiness don’t make anyone better than anyone else. Genuine success and happiness are defined by the individual and their own reflections. Not by anyone else or by the world outside.

Frameworks for Freedoms are the doorway that will allow everyone to thrive and achieve happy, healthy, safe and secure lives – if they so choose.

The real power and responsibility of government is to provide these Frameworks and to protect them. Nothing more.

Why frameworks can be relied upon, but rules, regulations and laws cannot.

Every Community must be able to make rules that are considerate of the different dynamics that relate to it, but which sit outside and beyond the specific requirement for every individual to enjoy their own freedom and the related right to exist.

These might relate to very practical measures such as the infrastructure that exists, the types of foods that can be grown or produced in the area, or other ways in which its own economy or local marketplace works.

People will always be treated and respected as adults, and given every opportunity to choose, without unnecessary rules, regulations and laws that seek to control – that would only exist for the benefit of those who write or set them.

Genuine frameworks are principles that do not need to be changed, whereas rules, regulations and laws tend to be dynamic and must be updated to reflect changes and times.

Rules, regulations and laws are always open to interpretation and to abuse. If we want the New Earth or New World to work in a balanced, fair and just way for everyone that always puts People First, it is the principles that need to work, to be consistent, universal and reliable, before anything else.

The First Framework for Freedom: (The Basic Living Standard)

There is nothing insignificant about the process of change and the transition from a money, wealth, influence and power-based culture, to one that values and puts People First.

Frameworks that allow everyone to act, think and to behave like the adults that they are will be the very best way to help us all to survive and thrive through the Great Reset and to then play our part in establishing the New Earth or New World that is waiting for us beyond.

We may not be able to see how a very different way of living and relating to others would work from where we are stood looking at the future right now, as the culture we are experiencing today has taken over everything and considering anything contrary to this can easily leave us feeling overwhelmed.

If we were all consider that everything or the system that we know came into being through an act of domino toppling or through a domino effect, the reality is that it is that the circumstances now exist where we have the opportunity or choice to pick up the last domino that fell and indeed every other domino too, and then set off a chain reaction that switches our way of life and the way that we live to one that everyone will find good and happy to live in.

The last or first domino – depending upon which way you might look at it, is the one that is both key and essential to providing us all with the opportunity and option to make and take every other right choice.

The only suggestion or proposal that A Community Route itself will directly make, is that of a Framework for Freedom is this one.

It is being made, because in a people-first world, its adoption (or the adoption of something that is very similar) is the difference between putting money or People First. It is therefore the defining choice.

The First Framework for Freedom (or The Basic Living Standard) is as follows:

That a happy, healthy and balanced life will be affordable and sustainable for everyone, without the need for debt, subsidies or government handouts of any kind, when receiving the minimum, most basic or living wage for working the equivalent of a full working week.

If you remain tied in your beliefs to the current system and money-based culture, it is unlikely that you will be able to see the defining value of this Framework.

Indeed, you may not even conceive that such a Framework is viable and would certainly not be something that would be supported by choice.

However, if you will take the time to think and work this through, and picture the reality that people, businesses and all organisations must consider this obligation in each and every action or transaction that they make or undertake, you will soon begin to see how the many dominoes that follow this first one will then soon begin to fall.

Please note that The First Framework for Freedom (The Basic Living Standard) is not the same thing as the Universal Basic Income (UBI), as proposed and being tested in some Countries today.

In the context of the Top-Down, money and wealth obsessed system that we are currently living in, the idea of a Universal Basic Income is a good one. However, UBI relies on the ‘we can create money out of nothing’ mantra that is key to the current Neoliberal or FIAT based Monetary System.

This means that every time pretend or created cash is added to  the total amount of money that is in circulation already, the value of UBI payments would themselves fall in terms of what they can buy the recipient, as both the value of the money that the poorest and most vulnerable have becomes a smaller part of the overall pie, and inflation continues to push the cost of living further and further up.

Any help or benefit to recipients would therefore be short-lived. Regrettably, as part of the overall picture, the process of monetary devaluation that UBI will help to speed up will itself just contribute to an overall financial system collapse – that could be only a short time away already.

People need the ability to be able to sustain their lives fully on the lowest full-time wage and in a people-first economy, everything will point in that direction and contribute to making it work.

Why frameworks can be relied upon, but rules, regulations and laws cannot.

Every Community must be able to make rules that are considerate of the different dynamics that relate to it, but which sit outside and beyond the specific requirement for every individual to enjoy their own freedom and the related right to exist.

These might relate to very practical measures such as the infrastructure that exists, the types of foods that can be grown or produced in the area, or other ways in which its own economy or local marketplace works.

People will always be treated and respected as adults, and given every opportunity to choose, without unnecessary rules, regulations and laws that seek to control – that would only exist for the benefit of those who write or set them.

Genuine frameworks are principles that do not need to be changed, whereas rules, regulations and laws tend to be dynamic and must be updated to reflect changes and times.

Rules, regulations and laws are always open to interpretation and to abuse. If we want the New Earth or New World to work in a balanced, fair and just way for everyone that always puts People First, it is the principles that need to work, to be consistent, universal and reliable, before anything else.

The 11 Principal Frameworks:

We must accept that for many, a world that focuses on living life differently, simply doesn’t make any sense. Just because they cannot see it, doesn’t mean that it cannot exist. Likewise, just because we may only be able to see the future in the same context of how we understand everything in the World around us works today, doesn’t mean that we cannot think differently and embrace what will soon become necessary for everyone – no matter what we might currently believe.

Governance will always be as light-touch as possible. In so far as it is possible, people must always be allowed to set their own life rules.

However, the success of New Earth or the New World will be based upon us all agreeing upon, working with and committing to Governance frameworks that provide the necessary direction, standards and security, so that people and their Communities can thrive.

These are the 11 Principal Frameworks

  1. Economic Localism
  2. Freedom does not hinder and is not hindered in any way.
  3. People First
  4. No Hierarchies. Top-Down is at its end
  5. Local People MUST make Local Decisions Locally & influence from The Grassroots-Up
  6. Local Businesses buy, sell and promote Local Goods first
  7. Every link of the supply chain must add value.
  8. Money or currencies have a fixed value and are only used as a medium of exchange
  9. Technology: A tool to improve life, not end it
  10. The Internet is a tool for life, not an alternative to it
  11. In a People First system, the people will always be the first to speak.

In the 11 chapters that follow, we will go through each of these Principles, one by one.

1. Economic Localism

If you cannot see it, be in the presence of it or directly engage with it, you cannot trust that it will be in your best interests – whatever it might be.

In a world where everything has been telling us to place our trust and belief in people, businesses, Governance, manufacturing , production and services that are somewhere else – either out of our locality, our presence or somewhere online, it does indeed sound counterintuitive to suggest that a better life and way of living for everyone can only come by redirecting the way we live and have relationships with everything in a completely different way.

Yet that is exactly where we need to be.

Easy living, based on processes and the input of people that we will never meet nor see, mean that we have lost sight of responsibility, whilst we have also surrendered our control.

To live well, to live freely, to live healthily and to live happily, the focus of life, living and of everything that feeds into it and supports it must be as local as possible, be transparent and be completely under our own control.

Every commercial activity that exists relates to a business, service or process that serves the interests of people in some way.

When commercial activities of any kind are placed in the service of specific interests and interests that are either deliberately hidden or kept out of sight, whatever they do will never be in the interests of us all, and the balance between us and the sense of justice and fairness is quickly lost.

The priority for all must be to meet everyone’s basic needs so that everyone has the food, the clothing, the transport, the technology, the education, the work and the means to be self-sustaining without help or support in return for working.

This means that the growing, production, manufacturing and supply chains that support normal life and that exist to meet everyone’s basic needs, must be returned to their most localised and people-centric forms.

2. Freedom does not hinder and is not hindered in any way

We think that we are free, and that the fight ahead is to maintain that freedom.

Let me tell you now that it is not.

The fight ahead is to fight for our freedom. The alternative is to accept further forms of control and tyranny from an establishment or system that still insists that everything it does and will do will be done with our best interests at heart.

It would be understandable if your immediate response to this statement were related to something like the growing digital tyranny that we are being increasingly controlled and oppressed by. But nothing is so simple as that.

The reality is that we have forgotten what freedom really is.

By being so beholden to and manipulated by the consumer mantra ‘you can have whatever you want, it will always be available, it will always be affordable and we’ll always give you money to pay for it – as long as you behave’, we have collectively become shackled by always wanting more. We have forgotten what it is to live lives that revolve only around what we actually need.

We are slaves to a wealth, money, power and influence are everything culture and value set.

We have become so addicted to this way of being and thinking, that we cannot even see how badly we are being hurt by what we already have, and we are desperate for the same self-interests to reach out and offer us even more.

But true freedom does not hinder us or restrict us in any way. True freedom only ends when our actions and behaviour become a genuine hindrance to others.

Freedom will always be freedom. Freedom is not something that depends on what people with power and influence dictate.

We must create a culture, understanding and framework that allows each and every one of us the freedom to be ourselves and who we believe ourselves to be, but at the same time does not prioritise this same freedom in others so that it can contradict, or force change upon that freedom to be.

3. People First

We are led to believe and to accept that the system that we have today is run on behalf of the people, by the people and for the people.

It is not.

Most people understand that the system is run in the best interests of those who either run it, or those that they look up to or receive favour from in some way.

But that is not the whole truth either.

Everything that we know and understand today revolves around and is focused upon a values set based upon money, wealth, influence and power, along with the processes and actions that help everyone – no matter who they are – to gain and accumulate more of it.

We put money and the value we place in it before people and everything else.

The rise of the internet and the smart tech revolution has made the downward spiral that has existed for over 50 years even worse by creating more and more devices that dehumanize relationships.

The internet today creates the impression that people we have relationships with online aren’t actually real. Because as far as real life is concerned, they simply do not even exist.

This way of living is already unsustainable. But it is set to get even worse as we embrace the use of Artificial Intelligence (AI), without any ethical framework or rules being set up that recognises the negative impacts and outcomes from profit-driven and control-driven misuse.

We must flip or completely turn this situation on its head and create a universal environment that puts people instead of money first.

Using benchmark frameworks that will ensure fairness, balance and justice for all such as that which will guarantee the ability of all people to support themselves without going into debt or without having to call on charity or government support, we will have the ability, not only to provide a self-sustaining standard for a happy, healthy, safe and secure life for everyone. We can also create a light-touch system of Governance that uses transparency as an open tool for the system to police itself.

Today, humanity as a value set has been lost. We can and will regain our true and most beneficial value set by focusing our new system and New Earth on putting People First.

4. No Hierarchies. Top-Down is at its end.

Whilst some of us will understand the concept, none of us alive today have known a world without hierarchies.

Yet hierarchies are one of the most effective tools that exist for the dehumanisation and distancing of humanity and human relationships.

Hierarchies are the reason that societies and industries ultimately fail.

The intrinsic reason for the failure of all hierarchies – which can take centuries to reach those at the top – is because they instantly make decision makers out-of-touch.

The system that is failing and collapsing around us today is a classic example of a hierarchy. It is a textbook example of a system that operates from the top-down.

Today’s system is so complex, that the tiers or levels of the hierarchy are not only top-down. The way that we have evolved culturally has meant that we have also extended these tiers or levels from side to side. This means that the responsibility for decisions that affect our daily lives are not only made by people and organisations or bodies that we will never have contact with. It also means that their role, responsibilities and influence are also heavily – and all too conveniently obscured from our view.

Leadership has become synonymous with hierarchy. Yet the interchangeability of the two words or terms does not and will not be considered as meaning the same thing.

We most certainly need leaders to shine and take responsibility for leading us. But leadership does not come by right. It does not appear through career progression. It certainly doesn’t come through position or assumed power – even though the elites want us to believe this – try as they might.

Poor leaders who have no appreciation of the mechanics of leadership, nor any understanding of what leadership genuinely is, usually surround themselves with leaders who are even weaker, who then do exactly the same thing when it comes to their turn to lead.

Likewise, the accumulation of wealth or apparent success with a certain kind of business is no guarantee of anyone’s ability, the ethics or the morality that will drive them if they find themselves in a position where deference and the way that society works would enable them to take a lead.

Today, we have reached a position where everything we know in terms of Governance and the way that the rules governing the way society, business and culture function has such people at the top and intrinsically involved.

We must do away with these hierarchies. We must do away with everything that functions in the sense of decisions being made with power and influence that is remote and that we can identify in any way as being top-down.

5. Local People MUST make Local Decisions Locally & Influence from The Grassroots-Up

When we have a problem, we look to the people closest to us or those who are around us and in our lives for help. We quite literally reach out to our local support networks.

So why do we always reach outside of our local support networks for everything else and believe that the people, the businesses, the politicians and whatever else we interact with will value us at a personal level and with our best interests at heart, just the same?

Whilst there must always be an objectively created framework of rules that establish and maintain equality in all things that will be equal and that there is equality for all, the creation of such rules and regulations must be undertaken by people who understand what life is really like for all.

If decision makers do not interact with the people, the area, the Community for which any set of rules are made, they cannot make those decisions in the most informed manner.

True equality of opportunity must exist for society to be balanced, fair and just.

But equality of opportunity and one-size-fits all are never the same thing, unless you are the one with all the power and you sit in isolation at the very top.

Local people – that’s the people you talk to and see regularly or could call on easily and without obstruction – are the people who will always be making the decisions on public policy and Governance that will have any effect upon you.

The truth is that there are very few decisions made by any of the existing levels of government that could not be returned, along with the power that enables them, to the most local or Community level.

Instead, rules are today being made that have a real impact upon the quality of life that we all experience, by people who will never visit or understand our areas and Communities, and who we will never have reason to know.

Lawmaking powers must be returned to the level nearest to the people possible to do so. In the majority of cases, this will always be within a local or Community framework.

Cost or political expedience is in itself no excuse for rules to be passed to anyone or to any organisation outside of our local frameworks. The reality is that excuses like these are quite literally all they are – excuses that sound beneficial to everyone.

The truth is that they are all about taking power away from us so that someone else can better serve their own self-interest, by taking and misusing our control.

Local people will always be best equipped to make local decisions. There is no need for anyone else, any group or political party to be involved.

6. Local Businesses buy, sell and promote Local Goods first

You shouldn’t trust what you cannot physically experience, if it physically exists somewhere else.

Just as we will all avoid foods that don’t resemble their basic, raw form – unless the processing used is simple, such as was traditionally undertaken by hand (e.g. Bread, Butter, Cheese), we will avoid and distrust the processes of growing, manufacturing and production that are not accessible or cannot be accessed, viewed and assessed by people who are known to us and that we can trust.

The world today has abused the trust that so many of us have placed in it by exploiting the rationale that out of sight is out of mind. So that if we cannot see it, we do not care about it, we are not interested in it, we will take the provenance and care for our best interests that go into it for granted.

Corruption is not only a term that relates to financial payments, favours and backhanders that skew decisions that will always be impartial and fair. Processes of all kinds have become corrupted by the self-interest and profiteering that drives them.

There is no reason why the basic goods, foods and services that we all need for life cannot be grown, produced, manufactured or supplied locally – IF we are putting people and a values-based way of living first.

Yes, there may always be a need to trade local goods that exist in excess, for those that cannot be locally produced, or to create a regulated currency for the purposes of exchange that can do the same.

But if we work locally, with local people, in the interests of the locality and the local Community, a balance for this will always exist. It is only when greed and the self-interest of the few enter the equation that the process begins where balance, fairness and justice is lost, and it all begins to go wrong.

Local Businesses must always prioritise local suppliers for their services, raw materials and goods.

Quality and experience are always the key, and by chasing profit or by attempting to avoid rules that achieve the same, transparency, provenance, authenticity and everything good will always be lost.

7. Every link of the supply chain must add value

Whilst it is the money system and the way that money creation and circulation are managed that are the fundamental problem with the way that the worldwide economy works today, this mismanagement itself has encouraged a cultural mindset that focuses on saving costs and making more profit – not as a consequence of what the business does; not because there is some kind of rule requiring them to do so; not because circumstances demand it of them. But because they can.

We have reached a stage where businesses that we could argue have a legitimate involvement in supply chains, such as supermarkets, already use every excuse that sounds plausible to convince retail customers that prices need to keep rising. Meanwhile, they push producers and growers at the other end of the supply chain to sell at prices where they can barely continue to exist (and increasingly don’t).

But the problem reaches way beyond businesses such as those we would recognise as having a legitimate role in production and supply to play.

There are also many other companies, ‘agents’, speculators, and other ‘interests’, who buy and sell raw materials, components, ingredients, fuels, minerals and even currencies, who do nothing to add value to the product or whatever it is they are buying and selling. But as they do so, they add and take a fee for themselves.

That profit, made without adding value – when adding value could be refining, making an engine out of components, or even selling to the customer at the end of the ‘chain’, raises the costs of all of these goods and even services unnecessarily. In every circumstance where this happens, it makes it more expensive for everyone to live.

There will always be a reward for input, whether that be growing, mining, processing, refining, delivering or selling. But nobody and no business will be able to take a reward, just because they can afford to insert themselves into any part of any supply chain that exists or may be under discussion ahead of time – pushing up prices as they do so, and then selling on at a profit which pushed those prices up further – and by so doing, almost guarantees that other 3rd parties with no positive role to play, will then become involved.

Regrettably, the historic greed of growers, producers and all the different companies that in some cases also carry out unnecessary cost-raising activities or roles, has surrendered the ability of whole industries to take back control of their own marketplace and choose to supply or play a role in what are the necessary supply chains that are needed, rather than being wanted by 3rd parties, because of the way that money has become involved.

Supply chains must be as short as it is possible for them to be, and no unnecessary business, agent or entity of any kind can be allowed to be involved in the growing, production, manufacturing, storing, transport or selling of foods, goods and services that are essential to life – of any kind.

Of those businesses or entities that have involvement at any stage of any supply chain, they MUST add value to the chain with whatever they do. No other interests other than those that are adding value to the chain will ever become involved.

Speculation or ‘futures’ must be prohibited for any raw materials, foods or goods that are part of any supply chain that provides essential goods, services or supplies that are essential to basic life.

Speculation and ‘futures’ selling or handling is nothing more than gambling and no one has the right to gamble with anyone else’s life.

8. Money or currencies MUST have a fixed value and only be used as a medium of exchange

Money isn’t real. Yet we have been conditioned to believe that it is.

Money is a unit of exchange. Yet we have been conditioned to believe that money is a thing, that it holds value of its own, and that the value that money holds is variable in its own right – well beyond the basic principles necessary for currency exchange.

Money has become the benchmark which dictates the value of life and the value of every individual’s existence.

For as long as this money-based order, reality or culture continues to exist, the values that underpin humanity and human existence will matter less and less.

Money and currencies of any kind are useful to us, as long as they are only used as the medium of exchange that they are, rather than being believed to be or considered to be an accumulation of material wealth in itself – as it is today.

For as long as we continue to allow the value of anything and everything to be determined by the value of money, which itself can then vary from day to day, the power of any individual, business or Community to regulate, manage and sustain healthy lives will be compromised.

Until 1971 when neoliberalism fully took over, the value of the money that existed was always pinned or anchored to the value of gold. ‘The Gold Standard’ was far from being a perfect system or system that was balanced, fair and just in itself – as any good study of economic history will demonstrate. But what its existence did demonstrate was the benefit of having the value of money restricted, which meant that there was considerably less opportunity for the system to be ‘played’ – as it has been, to our considerable cost, ever since.

A fair, balanced and just economic system that puts People First, must rest its economic base upon the people that exist within that system, along with the fundamental value we can associate with what those people then put in or take out of it.

That value may indeed be translated into money or a form of currency or digital currency of some kind. But there is no requirement or need for that value to ever be variable in a system that puts People First and doesn’t believe that non-essential or basic goods that it cannot itself produce must be secured no matter the price.

The value of existence and the value of the work or effort that any individual puts into the system must be the benchmark which everything to do with monetary exchange and value must be pinned.

For life to be valued and for that value of life to be maintained as it will always be, money or currencies of any kind must always be a unit of exchange that holds no value of its own that can be bought, sold or exchanged.

9. Technology: A tool to improve life, not end it

It would be foolish to not recognise the value of the advances in technology that humanity has experienced throughout the industrial age.

They have increased exponentially as we have picked up speed through the digital age, with advances that we have now, already providing us with the opportunity to look at life in a very different way.

Technology has always had the power to do much good. To improve life in many ways and to remove all kinds of risks from the workplace for everyone who may be involved.

However, technology and its development has also been increasingly abused, with advancements being used by industry to increase profits and as being seen as a way to reduce the numbers of people employed to work, without any due regard for the impact on individuals, Communities, entire countries and the industries that are involved.

It is true that no business or organisation exists purely to employ people. Employment and the need to employ people to carry out any function that the development of a business or organisation and the products or services that it delivers has and always will be a happy consequence of organic growth from the provision of goods and services of a quality that are essential to life and which people and Communities genuinely need.

Profit will always be a happy consequence of good delivery and management. Never the primary aim.

The power of good in technology rests in its ability to be used to improve and enhance working practices and quality of life. Not to make work or employment unnecessary for anyone, or to be used as a functional device to control or restrict people or humanity in any way.

There are and always will be negative consequences when technology of any kind is used and harnessed for purposes other than to improve life or working conditions.

Those who lose out will always lose out badly. Whilst those who believe they are using technology to benefit themselves or their business will only every experience a pyrrhic win.

In a people centric or people-first economy and World, technology will always be used to improve the experience of everyone, not as a tool that can only ever benefit the few.

10. The Internet is a tool for life, not an alternative to it

Many of us still neither realise nor appreciate that the arrival of the internet and the functionality that it has offered us, has never been governed or regulated by governments and those that govern on our behalf in the way that it will.

The internet and the online world that is developing with it is and always has been a two-edged sword. It has brought as many downsides or dark aspects with it as the positive or good aspects that it has given us – and potentially a lot more.

Many of the social problems that we experience today can be attributed to behaviour that was deemed acceptable online before it then found its way into the real world or the mainstream.

From early on, people and businesses using the internet – whatever the purpose may have been – didn’t recognise the same social etiquette, politeness, manners, morals, standards or behaviour that we considered to be the cultural norm in ‘real life’ outside. Principally, because there was never any real system of Governance in place and so none of those same rules appeared to exist.

The rate of behavioral change in social conditioning from locality to online has been confined to within what might only be one generation. Young people today take all of their social cues and conditioning from the world online, rather than from the young people, adults and Community figures around them. The effect has been massively profound.

Today, upcoming generations and those above them who follow common narratives take these social cues into ‘real life’ without realising the parallel universe or pretend world that the internet or online world offers, is dictating or rather destroying rules and the remaining values for life. It is helping to dehumanise every aspect of life that we experience as it does.

Like all technology, the value of the internet and all things online cannot be understated – so long as it is used and operated within a framework, with rules and restrictions that are always based upon and maintained for the common good.

Artificial Intelligence (AI) and all online technology will only be bad for humanity if it is programmed, created and driven by motives and designs that are in the interests of the few, rather than being in the best interests of all mankind.

The internet is a tool. It must be respected as such. It must always reflect or mirror the rules and practices that we use in real life, rather than having the ability to completely reset life and every agenda, as it and all the technology that feeds into it, does right now.

11.In a People First system, the people will always be the first to speak.

We have been told over and over again that we live and enjoy the freedom of being in a Democracy.

The political system and the system of Governance or administration that we have today could certainly operate in a very democratic way. But only when the incumbents within that system or the politicians and officers respect Democracy and democratic practices themselves.

The truth is that whatever system of government or administration we may have, there will always be a dependence upon those who have been entrusted with the responsibilities of public representation having the integrity to respect and work diligently with that trust.

Today, politicians simply do not do this. Not least of all because once elected, politicians of the existing political parties are inevitably expected by their party to vote and support policies as they have been told. But also, because very few politicians today are able to discern the difference between what is right for them and what is right for us all.

Many of us still think that change can be achieved just by voting for a different party, or by changing the way that votes are counted – so that smaller parties will get elected as they pick up alternative and second preference votes.

What those who believe this fail to see is that the way that we elect politicians doesn’t matter one bit, if they don’t care for or consider the people they have been elected to represent.

It would be foolish to believe that any of us can trust that every politician we elect can be relied upon 100% of the time to make decisions on our behalf that are always 100% right.

But there is a colossal difference between where we are today, and where we will be when we have created a very different framework that requires all public representatives to establish and qualify themselves at Community level. Then live the principle that true Democracy will always operate from the Grassroots Up.

Yes, we must have politicians and public representatives to represent us and make decisions on our behalf. But the perversity of a system where just a few thousand people from a group that has very specific interests and motivations can select the next Prime Minister of the UK, simply shouldn’t ever exist.

The people who represent us all must be selected and appointed by us all first.

It may neither be possible nor appropriate for us to appoint a Prime Minister in the same way that the United States does.

But we will all be able to take an active part in selecting the people who will represent us and take the majority of the decisions that will affect us all locally.

The people who represent us at Regional, National and potentially international level, will always be selected from those who have been successful and demonstrated their suitability as a public representative from this pool.

Part 2: The Grassroots Manifesto

Some things to bear in mind.

The Grassroots Manifesto is itself, in its entirety, no more than a starting or stepping off point.

The Grassroots Manifesto is presented as a tool to support and guide decision making at the most local level and in a way that then feeds into all tiers of Governance that may then be deemed necessary to ensure that all decision-making fits the appropriate level of shared Community.

Whereas Frameworks are the universal rules and principles that create and sustain freedoms for all, Communities will, for reason of locality and the specific needs and requirements of that locality, need to make localised rules and a create a system of Governance that meets its specific needs – whilst adhering to those universal principles or Frameworks.

The suggested Policies within Part 3 of The Grassroots Manifesto are a guide and in no way meant to be used or considered to be absolute.

Change of the kind we are all set to experience and the Establishment of a new system require fluidity and flexibility with specific or localised public policies, whilst working within and in support of overriding principles after all.

As such, any figures used, for example percentage % tax rates, or specific values for rates of pay are included only for purposes of illustration. They are used purely to demonstrate the mechanics of the new suggested system at work.

Above all, this work is by no means perfect. It is a rough and ready guide, that will provide our new Grassroots legislators with the open door that invites them to step inside.

The key to change and to a future that is genuinely free for everyone, that offers a happy, healthy, safe and secure existence which is part of a way of living that is balanced, fair and just for all, is the agreement, respect for and protection of the Universal Frameworks that will be recognised and adhered to by all within and at all levels of the Community.

The Policies that follow are suggestions for the kinds of Public Policies that will be used to formulate, create and implement laws, rules and regulations at a level where every member of the Community has been involved or has had meaningful influence upon them – if they will so choose.

The points within the following Policies provide an idea or guide to what workable Governance for New Earth will look like, once the value set has switched to People First and our different priorities mean that we will think, act, be and behave differently to now in a way that will mean we all have a very different experience of life.

We must all remember that nothing good will come from the period of change that we are now in unless we first change our minds and the way we think about a lot of things that we accept as normal, feel very comfortable with, or feel to be of benefit to us in some way. We then have to complete our part in the process by turning that thought into action, becoming involved and proactively taking part in being the change we want, from the Grassroots-Up.

If you are looking for errors, checking the sums or looking for anything else that doesn’t add up within this book, you are already missing the point that what comes next is all about YOU.

You have the opportunity to get involved with your Community right now. You have the chance to discuss and propose ideas to others that may well be different or better than these – but end up with outcomes that mean we will all, collectively experience the same beneficial things.

It’s the outcome that matters for everyone; not the route that we take to get there. So don’t treat what’s in front of you as if it is already the end!

An Uncomfortable Truth

One of the hardest realities that we must all face, is the role that we have all been playing in creating and feeding the same system that is hurting us, and that if you are here reading this book, there is a very good chance that you already hate.

Whilst we have been led to believe that we can have what we want, how we want it, where we want it and when we want it, even thinking like this is unsustainable. We cannot continue without more and more of the things around us going wrong.

Whilst you may already accept that the world and the way that we live must now change, the chances are that you have not really thought hard about what that could really mean.

You may well fall into the tarp of thinking that as long as everyone else does the right thing, it won’t matter if you just continue doing what you are doing and having the things that you’re having – so that for you, things just stay the same way that they already are.

Voices that currently sit on the cusp and champion the coming change do so too, challenging parts of the programme that the Establishment is attempting to force upon us, such as the phasing out of fossil-fuelled cars – rightly speaking up and fighting against any policy which is dictatorially imposed.

But they do so without realising that some of these policies present a picture that different thinking on the part of all of us will deliver anyway and at the very least in part, through necessity, but also voluntarily, and most certainly in very different circumstances, by choice.

To believe that we can have a people-centric world that puts everyone first, on our own personal terms, is oxymoronic to say the very least.

It is therefore vital that we all understand that for as long as any of us remain fixed on wanting this thing or experience or wanting that thing or experience, rather than having faith that we can share a world where we will always have what we need, we are still and remain ‘bought in’ or invested into the system that we are now leaving and which at some point very soon will come to its end.

The Reestablishment

If we will fail to change our way of living, our way of being and the focus of our value set voluntarily – as part of the opportunity that this period is offering us, change will be forced upon us and the change we experience will go beyond systemic collapse.

We will be forced into a situation where everything that we recognise fails to be as it was anymore.

Our failure to believe that there is an alternative way of being and of living – no matter what role or at what level we have been involved in the old world or old system – will not stop or prevent events that are outside human control from taking over, IF we do not embrace positive, people-focused change, by choice.

It is this part of the process – the changing of the way that we think or the way that we perceive the world and the other people we have relationships – that will be the real spiritual awakening or change of mind that so many have already talked about.

This change of direction; change of thinking; change in the way that we relate to everyone and everything; the process we undertake to bring Governance, civility and values to the new golden age in which we all rule – will be nothing less than The Reestablishment.

Everything must go. Everything must change. We must begin again, building from the Grassroots Up, re-establishing rules, processes and structures with the approach that nothing has existed before, whilst being open to the reality that some infrastructure, technology and methods of working can and will have a positive role to play in New Earth, as they can be repurposed or reformed.

The Reestablishment will begin at the most local level, within our Communities. Its reach will then work its way outwards, always aligning with decisions being made at the most local level possible, with old power structures answering to localities until they have either been reassimilated or removed.

A temporary power structure may be required to oversee the period of refocusing that The Reestablishment will require. But this must be time limited and built upon an achievable reform plan that allows all the necessary reformations to be made.

The Rejection of The Money, Material Wealth, Influence and Power-based Order

The Key Step of The Grassroots Revolution and The Reestablishment will be the rejection of the current establishment, the system and everything that it stands for.

Money, material wealth, influence, power and the values that are associated will no longer be accepted as the benchmark or guidepost upon which all meaningful decisions in life are made – be they personal or on behalf of others.

Without rejection of the way that everything works today, change that will benefit everyone will not be possible.

Grassroots Policy 1: The People First Economy

  1. The impact and consequences of all of our decisions upon others will be the new guide for life.
  2. People and their Communities will always be cognizant of the consequences of any behaviour or action and only proceed when there will be no involuntary cost or impact upon anyone who has not voluntarily and knowingly involved themselves within the process, no matter how many times removed they may be in terms of the existence of any impact chain.
  3. People and their Communities will never engage in any activity or process where the decision to do so will inflict harm or consequences on anyone, whether alive today or yet to come, that they have not consciously or knowingly agreed to.
  4. People shall always have Freedom to speak. Freedom to learn. Freedom to hear. Freedom to be upset. Freedom to remove ourselves from the debate. Freedom to not have the ideas of others physically imposed.
  5. People will be free to do, be and say what we please, when doing so will have no physical implications or offer no physical threat to the physical existence of others.

Putting People First

  • The value of the Economy shall be tied to the number of people living within the UK / Great Britain at any time.
  • Each member of the National Community shall represent a Fixed Base Value to the National Currency and be directly proportional to the total value of that Currency in circulation – whether digital or in cash.
  • A system of values to The Economy will exist that relates to the input of each person to the Economy itself.
  • The only circumstances in which money or currency can be created from The Reestablishment and thereafter is from the birth of a child, a child beginning school, a child qualifying in standard proficiency at 14, and then a young adult finishing academic or vocational pathways at the age of 21.
  • Money created will be payable to the individual, their parents or guardians, with an equal sum being added to the Local Assembly balance sheet.
  • The creation of money will be the responsibility of Community Assemblies.
  • At the point of any death, the economic value of that adult to The Economy must be taken from the overall circulatory value of The National Currency, with the value payable by priority to the local Community Assembly from the deceased’s estate.
  • Economic Value within The People First Economy will be created through a) earnings in exchange for labour, skills and experience of the individual b) the production of basic foods and goods c) the manufacture of goods and equipment and the provision of services that add value.
  • The payment or accumulation of Monetary or Financial Interest of any kind will be prohibited.
  • Money or currency will only be borrowed for a fixed transaction or facilitation fee, which under no circumstances may exceed the value of 10% of the total loan.
  • Transaction or Facilitation fees shall be repayable on a proportional basis with each repayment.
  • Bankers, Lenders or Financiers of any kind shall not regulate or police their own activities, in any way, and shall have no influence upon any organisation that does.
  • Any form of credit worthiness monitoring will be provided by an impartial service, where basic ratings will be offered and no more.
  • The purchase and sale of personal financial data will be illegal, with financial penalties and lifetime industry bans applied to anyone directly or indirectly involved.

The Basic Living Standard & The Basic Living Wage*

  • The Basic Living Standard and the corresponding Basic Living Wage shall be the benchmark of The People First Economy.
  • The prices of all foods, goods and services that are deemed essential to providing a happy, healthy, safe and secure lifestyle shall relate, proportionally, to the total value of the Basic Living Wage, which itself shall equate to the value apportioned to one full working week within the lowest paid employment.
  • All Companies / Businesses providing essential provisions or contributing to their supply, will be registered with the Community Assembly.
  • It will be the duty of all retailers, manufacturers, growers etc, to maintain the prices of essential provisions at each stage of the supply chain.
  • Any individual or business directly or indirectly seeking to manipulate prices or add additional profit in any way during the process of providing essential provisions shall be fined a minimum of 3x the potential gain they would make, and will be banned from the industry for life, with all assets relating to production forfeited to the Community Assembly.

*Please see the Section on ‘Frameworks’ above, for a description of The First Framework / The Basic Living Standard.

Community Services (Formerly Public Services and Charity Organisations)

  • All Community services shall employ the minimum number of full or part time staff necessary to ensure continuity in management and streamlined operational delivery.
  • Staffing of all Community Services shall in the main part be provided directly by Community Contributions.
  • Where members of the Community have ‘opted out’ of Community Contributions, their Community Contribution Tax will be paid into a ringfenced fund held by the Community Assembly and redistributed to the Community services network according to need.

Community Contributions

  • Every working person shall be required to give 10% of their working time or the equivalent of each and every week to supporting the provision of Community services and operations.
  • No person below the age of 40 years may opt out of actively contributing 10% of their working week to Community service.
  • At the age of 40 or above, the person may opt to pay the equivalent of 10% of their weekly income as an alternative tax, to the local Community Assembly, where they are earning at least 2x the equivalent of the Basic Living Wage.
  • All employers shall be required to support Community service provision without prejudice to the employee.
  • Where possible, all persons shall offer and provide experience, skills and knowledge to a related Community service on a like-for-like basis, equivalent to the role they undertake during a normal employed working week.

Welfare & Benefits

  • The Basic Living Standard shall be the accepted benchmark for the level of income required for any individual unable to work for any reason.
  • Benefits shall be administered by Community Assemblies
  • Benefit Payments will be made directly to a Restricted Benefits Current Account held with the Local People’s Bank.
  • Payments to essential service providers such as landlords, phone companies and transport providers shall be made directly to them from each Restricted Benefits Current Account.
  • All other payments made from each Restricted Benefits Bank Account shall be digital and will only be made to recognised providers for the purchase of essential goods and services.
  • The Balance of any Restricted Benefits Bank Account will not be redeemable in cash.
  • There shall be no assumed right of Benefits Payments to economic migrants.
  • The Assemblies shall only be obliged to meet the basic essential needs of any unqualified migrant.
  • The Assemblies will prioritise the care and support of UK / Great Britain residents who are ‘vulnerable’ before assisting unqualified migrants.
  • It will be the aim of The National Assembly to return all unqualified migrants to their home country as early as possible, and in so doing take every action to facilitate this.
  • Unqualified Migrants will not become naturalised UK / Great Britain Residents
  • Disability payments will be qualified by a G.P.
  • Qualified recipients of The Basic Living Standard Payment with disabilities that prevent them working shall receive payment directly to a Bank Account of their choice.
  • Unqualified or ‘malingering’ recipients of The Basic Living Standard Payment will be treated the same as any normal benefits payee.

Poverty

  • People will be valued before money, profit and technology.
  • The Basic Standard of Living, based upon ensuring that every adult will always have available what it costs to feed, cloth, house, transport and cover all basic essentials to ensure a happy, healthy, safe and secure life will be introduced universally, as a Framework Policy.
  • All benefits will relate to the value of the Basic Living Standard and value of the Basic Living Standard Wage.

Homelessness

  • A system of Community Hostels and services for the homeless will be created with provision and running them the responsibility of Community Assemblies.  
  • Community Hostels will offer a tailored approach to individuals and arms-length care and support for those who choose not to use any accommodation offered.
  • Large Companies and Agricultural Estates that have reduced the numbers of non-technical roles as part of profit-led mechanisation will be required to provide ‘bunk room’ housing and related support, and to reemploy staff, where the essential supply chain system will not be compromised.

Right to be Forgotten

  • It is essential that everyone who has not committed a crime that has impacted the welfare or wellbeing of other people will have the opportunity of a ‘second chance’, and to begin adult life anew, again, if it will be beneficial for their own mental health and state of mind to do so.
  • Everyone will have the Right to be Forgotten at least once during their natural lifetime.
  • The Right to be Forgotten can be applied at any time from the age of 18 years or upon leaving full time education (at whichever point is latest)
  • To qualify for The Right to be Forgotten, the individual must be assessed by no less than 3x impartial mental health specialists.
  • The Right to be Forgotten will erase names, history, and all legal ties to their formal life, including post age 14 qualifications, but will require the individual to break all family ties and associations with any people or Community / Communities known to them.
  • Those who have exercised their Right to be forgotten shall be able to apply to their new Community Assembly to have former qualifications rewarded by a different education provider (reinstated), where such qualifications are in short supply, and it will be beneficial for the Community for such an award to be made.
  • Anyone who has successfully exercised their Right to be Forgotten and breaks the requirements made of them will immediately relinquish the rights and protections associated with their Right.
  • Anyone convicted of identifying of making the details of a person who has exercised their Right to be Forgotten known to others, without good reason, will be charged with compromising another’s right to freedom, and shall be judged in a Community Court.

Grassroots Policy 2: Financial Levelling

  1. The Reestablishment will be accompanied by the devaluation and end of the British Pound and the values associated for anything using it.
    1. This necessary and unavoidable devaluation will either come naturally, through the collapse of the current or FIAT monetary system and end of the Neoliberal economics model, or as a direct consequence or unavoidable need created by other events.
    1. Monetary wealth that exists before the Reestablishment will not be transferable to the new National Currency or any Local Currency.
    1. Monetary wealth that exists before the Reestablishment will not be transferable, proportionally or in relative terms to the new National Currency or and Local Currency.
    1. No form of compensation will be paid to those who have failed to invest only in what they need, and/or have willingly sought to enrich themselves further by making investments that have encouraged the exploitation of the circumstances of others – whether it be conscious or otherwise.
    1. The value of the UK / Great Britain economy shall be valued in relation to the number of people resident in the UK / Great Britain at the time of The Reestablishment.
    1. All property owned / held* at the Reestablishment shall be owned by the occupant, person or business in possession of that property at the time, with the exception of social and privately let housing, which shall be passed to the ownership of the Local Assembly.

*Squatting of illegal occupancy shall not qualify any persons, business or other to receive ownership of a property at The Reestablishment. Properties under illegal occupancy or possession shall be transferred to the ownership of The Local Assembly.

Financial Resetting & Restoration

  • At the point of Reestablishment, or within 6 months thereafter, the prices of all goods, services and transactions within the UK / Great Britain shall be revalued and reset with their real or uninflated value.
    • Following The Financial Reset, all prices will realign to their ‘natural’ value, in line with the People First system of economics this document proposes.
    • Where values are attributed to a material object or to property of any kind, its value shall be proportional to the value of The Basic Living Standard and The Basic Living Wage.
    • These basic or ‘essential values’ shall continue to be the benchmark value of all goods and property that carry value as they are essential to use.

Money

  • Money and all forms of currency, whether cash or digital, shall be deemed legal only as a unit or method of exchange (a promissory note).
    • Currency speculation of any kind will be illegal, with financial penalties and lifetime industry bans applied rigorously to anyone directly or indirectly breaking this rule.
    • Money shall not attract interest of any kind.
    • For the loan of money or the facilitation of a necessary purchase, the lender or facilitator shall be able to charge a fixed fee for the duration of that arrangement, payable proportionately with each repayment for the lifetime of the loan or facilitation.
    • No fixed charge for lending or payment facilitation will exceed the value of 10% of the total monetary value of that loan at any time.
    • No form of money or currency based and in circulation or use within the UK / Great Britain may be bought or sold as a commodity or with any form of foreign currency within the UK / Great Britain marketplace.
    • The only time that the value of foods, goods or services of any kind may vary is as part of an exchange process between any UK / Great Britain company, or Public Interest Company / Community Assembly and a Foreign organisation to facilitate necessary exports and imports.

Local Marketplace Exchanges

  • Self-sufficiency and home production is expected to become a key part of the People First Economy.
    • Local Assemblies and Community Assemblies shall create, operate and manage a system of Local Marketplace Exchanges (LME)
    • Local Marketplace Exchanges (LME) shall allow all local producers, whether businesses or home producers, to buy, sell or exchange their goods, produce and services either for money/currency, or in exchange for other goods, produce or services that they may themselves offer and which the other party requires.
    • The Local Assembly and Community Assembly shall be responsible for ensuring that the value of basic essentials will remain fixed and not open to variation at any time and shall as such create and maintain necessary protocols and local legislation to do so.
    • Any foods, goods or services that are non-essential may be exchanged or bartered at any rate agreed between the two parties, unless the goods or services offered contain an essential element, in which case the value of the transaction may not fall below the related basic essential value at any time.
    • Any app or online software used to provide the online version of the Local Marketplace Exchange (LME) must be maintained, managed and based within the Community Assembly area, with no form of remote management or updating required following purchase and instalment.

Taxation

  • The administration of Tax Collection will be Regionalised and provided by Community Assemblies.
    • All Taxes will be paid directly to the Regional Tax Office, located with the local Community Assembly.
    • Tax Codes will be applied universally, with no exceptions for individuals or organisations.
    • The only ‘tax breaks’ that will apply in any circumstances will be for the purposes of supporting the Establishment of new businesses within a Local Assembly area that provide goods or services that do not already exist within that area.
    • ‘Tax Breaks’ will not be given to any business new to a Local Assembly area, that has operations elsewhere.
    • The value of any ‘Tax Breaks’ will be awarded by the Local Assembly, transparently and with a majority vote of the Community, and shall be renewable annually for a period of up to 3 (three) years and no more.
    • No form of income tax will be payable on any earned income, up to the equivalent rate of the Annual Basic Living Wage.
    • Savings and Cash held for a period of 12 Months or more will be taxed at the rate of 50% (Fifty Percent) per annum.
    • Tax will be applicable from the income gained from sums invested of at the equivalent of 10x (ten times) the Annual Basic Living Wage or more, from interest, dividends or any payment in return for investment made of any kind at the rate of 50% (Fifty Percent) per annum, where those sums are accessible with notice or on an any time basis.
    • Tax will be applicable annually to the ownership of non-essential property, or proportionally to the ownership of any non-productive property which is in excess of that necessary for personal use, or proportionally for the number of people using or sharing it.
    • All Land and resources owned and not in use for the production of essential foods, goods, services and infrastructure shall be taxed at the rate of 25% of market value, per annum.
    • All Commercial Property will pay a variable Utility Tax, based on the location, access and publicly owned infrastructure that supports its use. These sums shall be set by the Local Council and will not exceed 25% of the annual rental or lease value of the property, paid annually.
    • A Consumption & Use Tax (CUT) shall be applied to the sale of all goods, services and high value items that are non-essential – or to the excessive proportion thereof, of 50% of the purchase value.
    • Pension Fund Account Income shall attract Tax when it reaches the equivalent of the individuals annual earned income. Thereafter, this income shall be taxed at the rate of 50%
    • Following the sale of assets or the cash out of pension plans or any other protected forms of investment, the individual shall have no tax liability for a period of 12 months. Thereafter, all other Taxation rules shall apply.
    • No form of devaluation, amortisation or write-down for the purposes offsetting Business Tax or benefits of any kind shall be legal.
    • All Taxation shall be payable to the Community Assembly on a monthly basis.
    • The Tax year shall commence on the 1st day of January of that year. The Tax year shall end on the 31st day of December of that year.
    • The Tax month shall commence on the 1st day of the month. The tax month shall end on the last day of that month (28th, 30th, 31st etc.).

Grassroots Policy 3: Business & Finance

  1. All business shall operate on the Local Economy model.
  2. All Businesses shall function and operate on the basis of putting People First and will adopt and maintain the ethics and practical requirements of The Basic Living Standard.
  3. No business shall be permitted to provide functions or operations that do not add value to the supply chain e.g., growing, transporting, refining, engineering, milling, production, localised retail.
  4. Companies that sell to the UK / Great Britain Market at any level, will be required to grow, source, produce, manufacture, store, transport and conduct all administrative functions within the UK / Great Britain area as a wholesale or B2B supplier, or within the Community Assembly area where their retail business resides.
  5. Resources not available to the UK / Great Britain market, must be sourced from the nearest available location.
  6. Taxation equivalent to the balance between the highest local price and the lowest price from out of area shall be payable at the rate of 110% for products or materials that are readily available within the most local area to the UK / Great Britain.
  7. UK / Great Britain based businesses shall be owned only by UK / Great Britain residents or other companies owned by UK / Great Britain residents.
  8. No company may exist only for the purpose of growing, manufacturing, transporting, assembling or retailing non-essential or basic goods or the provision of non-essential services.
  9. Where trade with Countries or Trade areas outside of the UK / Great Britain is necessary, such transactions will be carried out directly by the business sourcing the resources or goods, or by a not-for-profit function of The National Assembly, which shall also have responsibility for monitoring all direct transactions.

The Local Economy Model

  • Following The Reestablishment, The UK / Great Britain will adopt an unashamedly protectionist, UK first approach to all industries and services.
  • All businesses will prioritise localised supply chains from end to end.
  • No retail business will operate outside of 1 (one) Community Area.
  • No more than 2 (two) retail businesses offering the same products or goods may operate in any Local Assembly Area.
  • Retail Businesses will be licensed to operate for periods of up to 5 (five) years, which will be renewable, by majority vote of The Local Assembly.
  • Independent businesses will be prioritised.
  • Basic and Essential Foods will be grown as locally as possible.
  • The resources and basic materials for all manufacturing and production will be sourced as locally as possible.
  • Taxation equivalent to the balance between the highest local price and the lowest price from out of area shall be payable at the rate of 110% for products or materials that are readily available within the local area.

Ownership & Management

  • All businesses shall be managed and operated with the benefit to the end user and the role that the business plays and contributes to the Community in mind.
  • No shareholder in any commercial enterprise shall have or place expectations upon management of receiving payment, profit or a share thereof, in return for any investment based purely upon share ownership.
  • No commercial business or shares thereof may be owned in full or in part by any bank or financial institution which has voting rights.

Profiteering

  • No business shall be able to retain Net Profit above the rate of 10%.
  • All Net Profit above 10% shall be Taxed at the rate of 100%
  • Companies or Business Owners convicted of Profiteering and/or undertaking any activity that will result in the same will be fined at the rate of 3x the value of the excess or profit made and will be punished with a custodial term where an impact upon the supply of any basic or essential foods, goods or services has been made.

Finance

  • No privately owned or managed credit agencies or services offering credit worthiness checks shall exist.
  • All financial transactions and devices shall be fully transparent.
  • Any loan, purchase facilitation or form of credit of any kind may not be sold on to another bank or financial institution, unless that sale is part of the bank or financial institution itself.
  • Hedging, speculation or any other form of betting on any market shall be prohibited.

People’s Banks

  • A National Peoples Bank will be established.
  • Peoples Banks will also be established within every Community Assembly area.
  • There will be a National Digital Currency that will be interchangeable with all localised currencies without charge.
  • The National Digital Currency shall have a fixed value for all purposes and uses within the UK / Great Britain Economy.
  • There will be separate localised Community Currencies which will be available in Cash and as a Digital Currency.
  • The Value of Community Currencies shall be fixed.
  • Any person or organisation visiting or undertaking business within a Community Assembly Area outside of their base can exchange the value of their local currency for that of the local currency in which they are doing business for a fixed 5% value of the transaction fee, which is payable to the Community Assembly providing the currency.
  • Any Person or Organisation may use National Digital Currency to exchange for any Local Currency other than that of their base Community Assembly for a fixed 10% value of the transaction fee, which is payable to the Community Assembly providing the currency.
  • Businesses which have National Importance as wholesalers and providers shall be Licensed at the discretion of The National Assembly to have currency fee transaction fees waived.

Communication

  • Support will be provided to the public telecoms industry to ensure 100% Broadband coverage across the UK / Great Britain within 3 years of The Reestablishment using cable technology where possible, and satellite technology where it is not.
  • The Community will have the non-negotiable right to remove 5G masts and technology placed with 250 metres of any house, dwelling, school or workplace, without any requirement to provide an alternative location, without compensation payable to the communications provider.
  • All critical infrastructure and software will be provided by UK / Great Britain Companies, with hardware managed and manufactured in the UK.
  • All communication software and storage systems that provide UK / Great Britain coverage shall be located within the UK / Great Britain.

Grassroots Policy 4: Food Production, Security & Supply

  1. UK / Great Britain Agriculture will be refocused to prioritise essential and basic food production, with the aim that the UK/ Great Britain will both achieve and maintain self-sufficiency in food production and food security thereafter.
  2. Local Production will be focused on the shortest supply chains and where possible those supply chains will begin and complete within Local Assembly or Community Assembly areas.
  3. Farmers will be supported to undertake all growing, processing, packing and retailing on site, or by working collaboratively with local not-for-profit cooperative bodies that will run and manage all parts of the supply chain and provide centralised retailing where farms to not run their own shops.
  4. There will be an expectation that resources such as Milling and Abattoirs will be shared between all local farms to ensure that light touch processing will be available with minimal travel or haulage required.
  5. New framework rules for food production will be introduced, with appropriate sub legislation agreed by majority vote by Local Assemblies where necessary.
  6. Growers will prioritise vegetables, fruits, dairy, beef, lamb, pork, chicken, potato and arable crops that will feed directly into local and/or UK Great Britain milling, brewing or animal feed production.
  7. UK / Great Britain production will be prioritised and any agricultural or fishing industry products which are deemed essential basics that are imported from outside of the UK / Great Britain at a lower price will have a Tariff imposed at the rate of 110% of the value of the balance between the highest local price and the buying price (including all ancillary costs), when those products are locally available.
  8. Foods will not be imported from outside of the UK / Great Britain for the purposes of countering seasonality.
  9. No experimental chemicals or pharmaceuticals shall enter the food supply chain at any stage and no foodstuff maybe be processed, sold or used for human consumption that has been exposed to such.
  10. MRNA or any other man made or manipulated technologies that presents even a minor or trace risk to the Human Genome as a result of agricultural or horticultural use shall be introduced to the food chain in any way.
  11. The focus on growing shall be the use of organic and traditional production methods and the development of systems and processes which support these.
  12. Chemical fertilisers shall only be used where the rationing of basic and essential food supplies from UK / Great Britain sources is likely.
  13. Only UK Fishing Boats will fish UK territorial waters.
  14. Food Production contracts will exist only between Farmers and Community Assemblies and will be renewable on a 12 monthly basis.
  15. Local food will be consumed within the Community Assembly area where it was produced and only made available for sale or exchange with other Community Assembly areas or beyond, when excess has become available.
  16. The sale, exchange or citing of any kind of ‘future’ for agricultural or fishing production, with promises thereof shall be illegal.
  17. Any person or business convicted of dealing directly or indirectly in futures for agricultural or fishing production will be liable to fines not less than 3x (three times) the value of any and/or illegal transactions and shall be banned from working within that or a related industry for life, thereafter.

Home Growing

  • Self-sufficiency of people is essential to achieving the aim of the UK becoming self-sufficient in food production and providing the Community with Food Security.
  • Every family, individual or group living as a household, will be encouraged to grow their own food.
  • Community Assemblies shall make provision of adequate allotment space for every existing household without sufficient garden space to grow fruit and vegetables, where ground is available to homes within a 15 (fifteen) minute walk.
  • Planning Regulations will require that all future homes will have adequate garden space provided for growing fruit and vegetables, and that where this is not possible, provision will be made for sufficient window boxes, vertical growing, hydroponics systems or similar to be easily installed.
  • Public Interest Companies shall be tasked with the supply and sale at cost, of all equipment, seeds, seedlings and supplies necessary for those members of the Community who are vulnerable or unemployed.
  • Help will be provided with home growing to the elderly and the vulnerable through the Charitable Provision Scheme.

Animal Welfare

  • No animal will travel beyond the boundary of the local Community Assembly area from farm to slaughter.
  • Hunting with Dogs Legislation will be revised to outlaw illegal or disruptive intervention by non-hunters, to remove any right to prosecute for accidental Fox hunting, whilst also tightening Law on prosecution against those seeking to flout Ban using birds of prey or other by-pass devices.
  • The RSPCA will lose any remaining charity status, be taken into public management and given evolved role to support the work of Community Services dealing with Animal Health & Welfare.

Grassroots Policy 5: General Public Policy & Service Provision

  1. The Public Sector, which will include all organisations providing services to the public and for the public benefit, are not and will not be considered to be a ‘business’ at any time or in any way.
  2. The People and Community will always be the priority of The Public Sector and the requirement that all activities and decisions made under the trust of the Community to Public Sector Officers will be that consideration for the impact of any or all actions taken will always be in the best interests of those members of the Community who will be affected, no matter how indirectly they may be affected.
  3. Cost, Performance or Targets, nor political expedience of any kind shall hinder the delivery of any public policy that has been correctly confirmed by appropriate Community Vote or has been correctly implemented by a Public Sector Officer who is appropriately qualified and has been officially delegated with responsibility to do so.
  4. Public Interest Companies (Trusts) will be created to provide all municipal services and administrative services across all Local Assembly areas within a Community Assembly area.
  5. Public Interest Companies will be responsible for operational delivery and will have their strategic direction set by each Local Assembly for its Community area.
  6. A new standard or charter will be created and set for public servants, requiring prioritisation of the end user, members of the public and the Community before anything else.
  7. Where a Public Sector Officer is unable to carry out a strategic function under which they hold properly delegated responsibility, they will either refer the matter to a more experienced Public Sector Officer, or where that is not possible, to the Local or Community Assembly that appointed them.
  8. Where a Public Sector Officer is unable to carry out any function delegated to them to oversee, which they cannot then delegate to a specialist or less experienced Public Sector Officer, they will forfeit their role and will be required to step down without compensation of any kind.
  9. No Public Sector Officer shall confer or pass decision making responsibility for matters delegated to them, to any third party, consultant or person employed specifically to fulfil such a task.
  10. Any services required by a Public Sector Organisation that can be considered unique enough not to justify that function being carried out ‘in house’ or by the local Public Interest Trust, must be carried out by a business offering such services which is based within the Community Area. Out of Area Commissioning for such purposes will be the responsibility of the local Public Interest Trust but will be referenced directly to the local Community Assembly.
  11. All supplies required for ongoing operational functions will be provided by the local Public Interest Trust, where all contract purchase arrangements shall be regularly reviewed by Community Representatives trained and/or experienced with business practices and fiscal auditing.
  12. No organisation funding or in receipt of public funds which holds responsibility for providing and delivery essential services or services provided when needed to the public and Community, shall operate independently or on a stand-alone basis.
  13. Public Sector Organisations will not lobby nor seek to influence the decision making of Local or Community Assemblies and shall provide all reporting in a factual, matter of fact, unbiased and unemotional way.
  14. No stand-alone pension scheme shall exist exclusively for Public Sector Officers.
  15. All former EU Tender & Procurement Legislation shall be discontinued at the time of The Reestablishment.
  16. A new Public Sector anti-corruption framework, with localised charters shall be created that recognises the need to tackle all forms of corruption, on the part of Public Sector Officers, whether financial or otherwise.
  17. Union rights will end at The Reestablishment for all Public Sector Organisations.

NHS

  • The NHS will undergo complete reform, reinstating the prioritisation of clinical delivery and patient care above all necessary management functions.
  • Anyone in receipt of The Basic Living Wage or its equivalent shall continue to receive free medical treatment at point of care.
  • Anyone in receipt of an income higher than The Basic Living Wage or its equivalent shall pay a 3% medical insurance surcharge deduction from all additional income received.
  • The NHS will carry out the majority of its functions as separate Trusts that feed into Community Assemblies for overall strategic support and direction.
  • Social care shall become the responsibility of Community Assembly Health Trusts.
  • ALL clinical and operational decision making, and strategy delegated to Community Assembly Health Trusts shall be carried out by panels of experienced frontline medical and healthcare staff.
  • The role of frontline medical and healthcare staff will be recognised as the key function of any NHS.
  • Non-medical related services for Community Assembly Health Trusts shall be provided by the local Public Interest Company.
  • An independent court will be established to consider and address complaints made against Community Assembly Health Trusts.
  • All People who have mental capacity and have no recent history of mental health issues, shall have the ‘Right to Die’, if they are suffering from a terminal or progressively debilitating illness or condition.
  • The ‘Right to Die’ of any ‘qualified’ person shall be confirmed by full medical consultation with no less than 3 (three) General Practitioners and/or Hospital Consultants who will not be known to the Patient and will be appointed from an out of area pool.
  • All medical professionals shall have the right to recuse themselves from any involvement in ‘Right to Die’ procedures at any time and without prejudice.
  • The ‘Sex Industry’ will be legalised, Regulated and managed as a Public Health concern, under the strategic control of Community Assemblies and partnerships with Community Assembly Health Trusts.

Covid, Vaccinations and future Outbreak Management

  • The term ‘vaccination’ will mean a form of medical intervention, created or designed to target a specific pathogen or virus, that once administered will in the majority of cases prevent infection of the patient and also prevent the patient from therefore becoming infectious to others.
  • MRNA will be banned as a form of mass vaccination, therapy or treatment for humans and animals until such time as any and all risks to The Human Genome have been identified, what their impact will be, and the risks of their use have been limited to cases that can be proactively addressed with the use of other/additional treatment or therapies.
  • When the wider population is at risk from a pathogen or virus where the likely outcome of mass infection is unknown, or serious effects are only likely to be experienced by vulnerable people or by a small number of the population, it will be the obligation of the Community only to provide support to those identified as being at that additional risk.
  • The Community will not impose restrictions of any kind upon members of the Community who are unlikely to experience nothing more than a light illness from any form of mass infection.
  • Members of the Community will be expected to take precautions on their own behalf and those they will have contact with, in order to reduce the possibility of transmission of any pathogen or virus that may be of an additional risk to any person whose vulnerabilities may not be known.
  • The freedom of an individual may only be restricted or that individual may only be placed in medical quarantine in cases where they are suffering symptoms alone, or any pathogen or virus that they have been identified as carrying is likely to cause irreparable harm or death to the majority of people that come into unprotected contact with the carrier, as part of that person’s immediate immune response.
  • In such circumstances where any form of Lockdown is necessary, all forms of economic activity and liability for those affected will cease and fail to exist for the period of that Lockdown.

Education

  • Education shall be focused on the best interests of the child, the young person and their future role and contribution to a fair, balanced and just society.
  • The Education system will recognise the fundamental difference in learning styles of young people. In teenage and the years of early adulthood, young people are generally either ‘heads’ or ‘hands’ i.e., their focus is academic (with the ability to learn in the abstract) or their focus is vocation or experiential and in the present.
  • Educators will be fully supported and have the freedom to provide a balanced education, with prioritisation of essential and basic skills proficiency up to the age of 14, with the child and young person always experiencing a safe and secure environment, free of bias and the ideologies of politics or anger.
  • A full apprenticeship route shall be created and developed for students at the age of 14 (fourteen years) who are either a) not academically inclined or b) are unable or unwilling to apply themselves academically at that time.
  • Apprenticeships shall make full use of the former tertiary level of education to provide support and benchmarking to all forms of trade and business.
  • Apprenticeships will include universal life skills and qualifications such as driving licenses and vocational driving licenses.
  • Apprenticeships shall be remunerated at the rate of 50% of the Basic Living Wage for apprentices between the ages of 14 and 18 years, with no less than 50% (25% of the Basic Living Wage) being paid directly to the parents or guardians of the apprentice for the duration of the apprenticeship.
  • Apprentices shall be remunerated at the rate of 75% of the Basic Living Wage for apprentices between the ages of 18 and 21, with deductions applied as above.
  • A full, completed apprenticeship shall be considered to be the experiential equivalent of a full undergraduate academic degree.
  • The Academic Pathway will prioritise enhanced languages, mathematics, critical thinking, philosophy and traditional topics such as history and geography between the ages of 14 and 18, and then offer specialist 3-5 years degree programmes focusing on subject areas beneficial to industry and public sector requirements.
  • Bogus, ‘worthless’ or ‘mickey mouse’ degrees will be discontinued.
  • Commercialism will be removed from all places of learning to ensure that the focus is on teaching, not running as a business.
  • The salaries of senior academic and management staff in all publicly funded educational establishments will be set by the local Community Assembly in liaison with all Local Assemblies.
  • ‘Private’ interest will be prohibited from making any form of donation or providing sponsorship of any kind that could in any way influence any publicly funded educational establishment or vehicle.
  • The Student Loan Programme shall be discontinued and replaced by an industry and public sector grant system, where companies and Community organisations will sponsor students through the Academic Pathway by paying them a proportional equivalent of the Basic Living Wage.
  • Companies participating in support of students on the Academic Pathway shall identify training requirements that form part of their long-term industrial strategy, so that the Academic Educational System may respond.

Housing

  • Basic Housing will be an essential service.
  • The provision of basic or essential accommodation for the public will not be carried out on a commercial basis.
  • No residential property will be let in full by a private landlord.
  • Residential property will only be let in part by a private landlord, where that property is in part occupied by the landlord themselves.
  • Multiple home ownership will be prohibited.
  • Second and any homes that are additional to a main residence thereafter shall be forfeited and passed into the ownership of the Local Assembly for use as Community housing, or where appropriate sold with all funds then reallocated for the purchase of appropriate Community housing or building thereof.
  • No form of compensation shall be payable to any owner, charge or mortgage holder on additional properties passed into Community Ownership.
  • A tiered valuation system shall be created for flats, one bedroom, two bedroom and three-bedroom houses with the most expensive being proportional to no less than the equivalent of 25 years multiple of the Basic Living Wage.
  • All mortgages shall attract a standard 10% (Ten Percent) of the value of the property, purchase facilitation fee, payable in monthly instalments for the duration of the mortgage period.
  • Facilitators shall be entitled to charge the equivalent of no more than 1 (one) monthly payment for early surrender or repayment of the mortgage.
  • Public Interest Companies will provide a private room letting register and service.
  • Homeowners with spare rooms that they are happy to let will register with the Community Assembly.
  • No tax will be payable on income received by homeowners for the letting of rooms within their home.
  • Community Housing will be owned by the Community. Any housing stock sold must be replaced on a minimum like for like basis, or for a greater number of properties that can be let.
  • The Right to Buy will cease at The Reestablishment.

Planning

  • The former Local Planning Committee structure will end at The Reestablishment.
  • Planning Determinations will be made shall by Local assemblies.
  • Local Planning Courts will be created where no less than 10 Community members of a Local Assembly area shall be randomly selected to sit as a court to determine planning applications.
  • The local planning framework shall be created collaboratively by the Local and Community Assemblies.
  • The National & Regional Planning Frameworks will be created collaboratively by the Community & National Assemblies.
  • Planning Applications and Reviews will be submitted to Local Planning Courts by the appointed Public Representative on the Local Assembly.
  • The Right of Appeal shall be the submission of the application to the Local Assembly and be subject to a majority vote.
  • A new Planning Investigation Unit shall be created with remit to investigate historic consent, overturn decisions not made in the Public Interest. It will have the right to seize land and property where corruption of any kind has been found or to instruct the immediate return of land or infrastructure to the previous state it was in before the Application(s) was/were made at the cost of the Applicant.

Science & Technology

  • There will be a Policy of UK / Great Britain Science & Technology First.
  • A new national pharmaceutical development company will be established, under the guidance of The National Assembly.
  • The research, design and rollout of so-called ‘Free Energy’ solutions will be prioritised, with the manufacture, supply, installation and maintenance of all essential supplies’ infrastructure provided by Public Interest Companies.
  • The Nuclear Power network and infrastructure shall be further developed and localised to ensure that all UK / Great Britain energy needs are met by UK / Great Britain based infrastructure at peak times.
  • Foreign investment in Science and Technology development will be limited and regulated to ensure that Companies and Technologies critical to the UK / Great Britain remain in UK / Great Britain hands under all circumstances.
  • Technology will only be used to enhance and improve employment conditions.
  • Technology will not be used to replace employment itself.
  • Any Internet services provided to the general public as a social or retail platform will only be provided within Community Assembly areas.
  • No web or internet-based platform will provide the same or access to any content in any Community Assembly area that is already available in another.
  • The software or structure of a web or internet-based platform of proven benefit to the Community may be licensed with its full functionality, to businesses operating in another Community area, without the transfer of any branding, marketing, content or user information of any kind. Only a fixed license fee shall be payable.

Artificial Intelligence

  • The programming methodology, including all aims, motivations and protocols of any Artificial Intelligence (AI) programme used with the consent of the end user, shall be made available in accessible form as part of any opt-in agreement between the provider and the user.
  • Artificial Intelligence will not be used in any circumstances where the end user is unaware of its presence within any or all processes they have been exposed to.
  • Artificial Intelligence may not be used in educational classrooms, lecture or study theatres or examinations of any kind.
  • Any person or company convicted of being directly or indirectly responsible for creating, providing or managing any type of Artificial Intelligence which creates risk to the health, happiness, security and safety of any person or Community without their full knowledge and understanding shall be liable to forfeit all associated property and rights thereof (intellectual or otherwise) to the Community and shall be banned from further involvement in any related activity for life.

Media

  • Each Local Assembly area shall provide its own Local News Service (LNS) using all available media platforms.
  • Local News Services shall be considered to be a Community service and will as such be operated and maintained in the main part by members of the Community as part of their Community contribution.
  • Local News Services will provide daily news bulletins and updates that are purely factual and are provided without opinion.
  • Where Local News Services provide opinion or views as any part of their programming, the programmes will carry or air a notice that this is the case, and will provide at least one alternative view, given the same column space or airtime, within the same programming or publication.
  • Each Community Member shall have the right to provide and have published a 600 word or 3-minute video, podcast or interview each year, in which they will discuss their views on the Community, Democracy or anything else related to the new structure of Governance itself.
  • Where news is provided by any privately owned company, an open and obvious disclaimer will be published alongside or proceeding each programme which makes the sponsorship clear to readers and listeners.

Rules for the Internet, the Metaverse and the Online World

  • The Internet and all online software shall operate on a localised basis.
  • Social and Retail business models will only operate and be based within Community Assembly areas.
  • Social and Retail business models may not be based on ‘the cloud’ if the servers used are located outside of the Community Assembly area where the company is based.
  • No company may provide social or retail business models to a Community Assembly Area where the services it offers are not available on anything other than a temporary basis and will cease operations in that Community Assembly area within 30 days of being notified that a viable local alternative exists.
  • Business to Business (B2B) Models shall be able to operate on a universal basis, under license from the Community Assembly.
  • Any Taxation will be applied at the location of sale or retail transaction and shall be payable to the local Community Assembly.
  • Any person accessing or wishing to access a social business model or platform as a user or customer shall be required to register with the Internet Licensing Authority (ILA).
  • For any person to comment, edit or provide additional content to any existing content available on the internet or online, that person will be licensed by the Internet Licensing Authority (ILA).
  • Upon qualified registration with the Internet Licensing Authority (ILA) that person will receive a Unique Internet License Number (UILN).
  • Upon registering to use a social business model or platform, the provider will be required to check the registering users Unique Internet License Number (UILN) with the Internet Licensing Authority.
  • Where the circumstances of the user meet the requirements of the social business model or platform provider, users shall be able to present themselves publicly under a pseudonym or anonymous name, which shall only be linked to the corresponding Unique Internet License Number (UILN) itself.
  • Where a user of a social or retail business model or platform has provided a verified Unique Internet License Number (UILN), they will not be obligated to provide any further personal or identifying data under any circumstances, unless they voluntarily wish to do so.
  • Companies providing social or retail business model platforms will not incentivise or use deception of any kind to coerce users into surrendering personal data or information beyond their Unique Internet License Number (UILN)
  • Upon the Reestablishment, all Companies providing social, or retail business model platforms will be required to destroy the data and information held of all historic users, without any information relating to any ongoing user being stored or held over.
  • Banks may only operate online within their Community Assembly area and will provide physically accessible banking service during the working week within no less than 50% (Fifty Percent) of the corresponding Local Assembly areas.

Internet Framework Charter (IFC)

  • A Framework Charter shall be created that recognises the need for the internet and all online activity to be governed by and treated the same as everything offline.
  • The Internet Framework Charter (IFC) shall also recognise the need for all online relationships to provide recognisable parallels with offline relationships that keep such relationships ‘human’ and fully respectful of the requirement that every user of the Internet treat all others in the same way that they would that same person through direct contact, offline.
  • The Internet Framework Charter (IFC) shall provide the umbrella or universal requirement that no form of Artificial Intelligence shall be used under any circumstances to provide therapy or personalised advice, coaching or otherwise to any person seeking or requiring support for any mental health, cognitive or mind-related issue, or any physical activity that a healthy human body would be required to do.

The Metaverse, Virtual Reality Ecosystems or other ‘Online Worlds’

  • Where any company that provides a social or retail business model or platform provides access to ‘The Metaverse’ a ‘Virtual Reality Ecosystem’ or an alternative ‘Online World’ of any kind, they will charge for entry to and continued access to that Metaverse, Virtual Reality Ecosystem, Online World or service provided only.
  • Rules created and implemented within or for any Metaverse, a Virtual Reality Ecosystem or Online World shall at no time become applicable to or carried across to the ‘Offline World’ or become the liability of the account holder in their ‘real life’.
  • Unique users will access The Metaverse, a ‘Virtual Reality Ecosystem’ or any ‘Online World’ for no more than 3 hours daily at any time.
  • Assets owned, created or awarded within The Metaverse, a ‘Virtual Reality Ecosystem’ or any ‘Online World’ shall have no transferable value offline.

Grassroots Policy 6: Caring for Our Environment, for our today and for everyone’s tomorrow.

The old world has taught and conditioned us to believe that there would be no consequence for quick, cheap and easy living.

Whilst ridicule of the so-called ‘Global Warming’ debate became a dead cat argument that cynically buried the damage that ‘free markets’, ‘globalisation’ and a world driven by consumerism is and has inflicted upon the world and our environment, with a focus on feeding greed and without any care for the wasteland these processes are leaving behind.

The Reestablishment asks that we all look at ourselves. That we become consciously aware of our behaviours and the impact that we have all had on the world and the people around us. It requires change and with it the acceptance that we leave all forms of unsustainable living behind.

Net Zero

  1. Net Zero and all references to it will end.
  2. The changes in behaviours necessary to support, enhance and respect the environment will be delivered by the lifestyle and business changes that will be brought into being by The Reestablishment and the resulting changes to our behaviours.

Planning & Environment

  1. There will be a moratorium on all house building until such time as all alternative legislative devices have been agreed, implemented and the new system has had sufficient time to find its maintenance point.
  2. Building on flood plains and restructured or built-up land will end.
  3. Both Fluvial and Pluvial flood modelling will become a basic standard in all development planning and priority will always be given to the risk to existing infrastructure and property, over ‘additional’ need.
  4. All river systems will be regularly dredged and cleared.
  5. Water Companies will be prohibited from discharging untreated effluent into the sea or any water course and any treated discharge will not impact the environment in any way.
  6. Soil restoration will be a priority in all areas, with both responsive and proactive measures implemented to restore and manage all forms of productive land.
  7. The need for efficient growing will be balanced with the need to reduce and phase out chemical-based interventions that have had or are having an impact on long term sustainability, wildlife, insect numbers, wild plants and trees.
  8. Additional reservoirs will be commissioned, making best use of natural features where doing so will not impact or harm Communities or irreplaceable infrastructure.
  9. There will be a National and Community Assembly level focus upon water capture, desalinisation and micro storage technologies, where possible ensuring a crossover with green or free energy production

Business

  • Planned Obsolescence will be prohibited. Any individual or company convicted of either directly or indirectly engaging in the design, manufacture, sale or marketing of any product that has deliberately had its lifetime shortened to create a false marketplace will be fined the equivalent value of what they were projected to gain and be banned from the industry for life.
  • A Packaging Tax will be applied to all disposable or non-recyclable packaging on a per-unit basis that will be added to the value of basic essentials and will not be included within.
  • A Framework Covenant of UK / Great Britain Environmental Standards for all foods, products, goods, services, manufacturing and other items will be agreed and implemented within 3 years of The Establishment.
  • Ban on all non-UK based Companies moving into UK Marketplace which do not meet UK Environmental Standards

Roads & Transport

  • All forms of public transport shall be returned to ‘public’ ownership under the management and operation of Public Interest Companies, with strategic direction set by Local and Community Assemblies.
  • Public transport will be prioritised as the accepted form of transport for everyone who has access to it and will be improved to meet expectations as well as need.
  • Each commuter using Public Transport will receive no less than 50 free journeys on one form of public transport per commuter per year.
  • Further development of air and seaports will end.
  • HS2 and all other planned or incomplete transport projects will be discontinued.
  • The existing railway network will be enhanced, with management, the use of smart technology, the revival of infrastructure closed under the Beeching Axe, additional stations/platforms and basic trust in staff prioritised above all other solutions and remedies.
  • Improvement to existing transport systems and infrastructure will always be prioritised over being replaced.
  • Commuter and journeys to educational establishments taken by car, where sufficient and appropriate public transport is available, will be taxed at the rate of 100% the cost of all equivalent fares.
  • Multiple car households will be prohibited.
  • Households will be limited to the ownership of no more than 1 (one) car per household, where that ownership is deemed essential.
  • Additional cars (2 or more) will only be necessary where more than one member of that household can demonstrate that car ownership is essential to their employment and that no alternative is available for that location.
  • All Local Assemblies shall own and operate a car sharing pool and battery powered bike lending hub that will be run on a not-for-profit basis.

Recycle, Repair, Reuse

  • The throw-away culture will end with the Reestablishment.
  • Everyone will be expected to prioritise the recycling, repair and reuse of clothing, materials, equipment and technology, in whole or in part, where damage or use has not rendered them unusable.
  • All manufacturing, assembly and packaging processes will be required to use materials that can be reused easily by the end user. Where this is not possible, all the recycling of any product must be possible locally and without extensive transport or mechanical processes.

Make do and Mend

  • Single use clothing and essential goods will be prohibited.
  • There will be an expectation that clothing and essential goods will be used until they are worn out, or have been recycled, repaired and reused.
  • Local Assemblies shall run Community workshops and training to provide Community members of all ages with repair and restoration skills as a minimum.

Local Lending Libraries (LLL)

  • Each Local Assembly shall establish and manage Local Lending Libraries and goods exchanges that are made available online and offline to all members of the Community.
  • Lending Libraries and Goods Exchanges shall have their own workshops where members of the Community can access repair and revitalisation services for the goods they own.

Grassroots Policy 7: Foreign Policy

  1. The UK / Great Britain shall have and exercise a non-interventionist Foreign Policy, unless a) a legitimate foreign government, democratically elected by the majority of its people has requested such intervention and/or b) that to not do so, will place the UK / Great Britain or any dependency and the freedoms of the resident population thereof, at unacceptable levels of risk.
  2. The UK / Great Britain Foreign Policy shall be to not be involved in Foreign Electoral or Democratic processes of any kind.
  3. No form of foreign aid shall be allocated whilst residents of the UK / Great Britain remain under involuntary need or need that has been created involuntarily through the actions of others.
  4. No form of foreign aid shall be allocated unless the UK / Great Britain economy/economies are in surplus.
  5. Where overseas aid is given, it will only be given to provide direct and meaningful support to residents within that country, rather than just funds or contracts to private companies.
  6. Contracts awarded to private companies as part of Foreign Aid will only be given to businesses that are indigenous to that specific Country, with a focus on supporting local economies as part of that Foreign Aid effort.
  7. A non-military foreign aid logistics and development service will be created and directed strategically by The National Assembly, with Community Assembly oversight.

Defence

  • Defence management and strategy shall be one of the few areas of Public Policy that will be the responsibility of the National Assembly.
  • Emergency Defence management decisions shall be taken by the National Assembly Facilitator / Chairperson with the relevant Community Representatives.
  • Emergency Defence Decisions shall be ratified or rescinded by the next session of The National Assembly during normal periods of business and shall be considered by a specially convened meeting of the National Assembly in no less than 3 (three) days at all other times.
  • National Service will be reinstated to ensure that all eligible young people have qualified academically, complete parallel apprenticeships or undertake military training as a key part of their professional development and steps towards the workplace by the age of 21.
  • Military hardware and software development and manufacturing will be returned to the UK /Great Britain with outsourcing to companies outside of the UK / Great Britain only where no other options are available.
  • All non-UK / Great Britain military operations, with the exception of the provision of The Nuclear Deterrent shall end as early as possible following the Reestablishment and in no less than 12 months in any case.
  • The UK / Great Britain International Military Policy shall be non-interventionist and non-aggressive.
  • The UK / Great Britain Military shall not engage in any foreign campaign unless directly attacked or there is a requirement to maintain an appropriate military presence overseas either to support UK / Great Britain Foreign Aid activities or as part of commitments to international collaborations (NATO, UN etc)
  • The legality of any civil prosecution against alleged military ‘crime’ of any kind – whether current, recent or historic shall end.
  • A New Naval Ship Building programme will include adequate ‘at sea’ Fisheries Protection for all UK Waters
  • The Royal Navy, Royal Air Force and Army will be rearmed, equipped and restored in size to ensure that combined forces are able to cover all domestic and possible/likely overseas requirements at all times.
  • All Community Assembly Areas shall have a military presence that will include a minimum of 1x Army Depot, 1x Military Airport (which may be shared), and 1x Naval Station or Port where Community Assembly areas are on the coast or exposed to an estuary which carried shipping.

Immigration

  • Immigration shall be on a qualified basis only, with the exception of genuine refugees who shall be awarded temporary sanctuary and residency until it is safe for them to return to their home Country.
  • Qualified Entry Status shall only exist where a need for skills has been identified by Local Assemblies / Community Assemblies / The National Assembly, which cannot be provided in any other way.
  • Where there is a temporary need for skills, Qualified Entry Status shall only be awarded for the period of need and up to but not exceeding 6 months thereafter.
  • Economic refugees and their dependents shall be provided with temporary sanctuary with only the essential basics provided to meet their immediate needs.
  • There shall be no obligation upon Local Assemblies, Community Assemblies or the National Assembly to provide the essential basics on an individual or definable family unit basis beyond basic privacy.
  • Where refugees have travelled beyond the ‘first safe country’, they shall not be granted special rights and shall be treated as economic migrants.
  • The UK / Great Britain shall be obligated to prioritise any Foreign Aid available to those countries where the greatest numbers of residents have become refugees and/or are arriving at UK / Great Britain seeking entry to stay.
  • Any person seeking refuge of any kind who has been convicted of any crime against the person or a freedom thereof, either in the UK / Great Britain or any other Country, shall have relinquished their Community rights and/or human rights. They shall be denied entry, with any stay necessary in the UK / Great Britain being custodial until such time as they can be returned to their home Country.

The UK / Great Britain Relationship with The EU & other ‘Trading Partners’

  • All obligations made to The EU or any of its forebears by any government of the UK / Great Britain, shall end in full at The Reestablishment.
  • All obligations made to any other foreign entity, Country or Trade Bloc by any government of the UK / Great Britain, shall end in full at The Reestablishment, unless that relationship carries a net benefit for the UK / Great Britain, when it shall continue for the duration of that time.
  • Sovereign Power for all matters shall be that of Local Assemblies, then Community Assemblies, then The National Assembly. The National Assembly will not engage in relationships of any kind with The EU without the consent and democratic directives of the Local and Community Assemblies.
  • No form of EU derived law or legislation of any kind shall remain in force or be enforceable from The Reestablishment, with the exception of the production and/or provision of any goods to be exported to the EU, which it will remain the obligation of the supplying company to maintain.
  • Any post Reestablishment relationship with The EU shall be trade based only and will be negotiated from the point that no relationship between the UK / Great Britain and The EU already exists or has historically existed at any time.
  • The UK / Great Britain will not relinquish any form of power or Governance to any Foreign Power as part of a trade or political arrangement, agreement or contract of any kind.
  • The UK / Great Britain shall make no payments or provide any subsidy to any Foreign Country or Trading Bloc as part of any Trade arrangement.
  • The UK / Great Britain must maintain trade neutrality or experience net gain within all trade partnerships for basic essentials.
  • Protection orders will immediately be made at The Reestablishment to safeguard food security through British Farming, Fisheries and all areas of production at risk from foreign imports.
  • At The Reestablishment a temporary protectionist policy will be imposed upon all trade with the EU where the products, goods, foods and services are already available and/or can be produced within the UK / Great Britain and will remain in place until those industries can self-sustain.
  • At The Reestablishment, there will be an immediate ban on the import of all EU derived products, goods, foods and services that are subsidised and therefore underwritten by the EU, unless they are not available or cannot be produced within the UK / Great Britain.

Grassroots Policy 8: Freedoms, The Courts & The Legal System

It is essential that every part of the Court, Legal system and Profession be motivated and driven by the requirement for impartial delivery at all levels that will ensure balance, fairness and justice for all.

No financial, emotional or other form of influence shall interfere with the right of every person to enjoy their freedom, and no person convicted or directed by a court shall have their own rights to freedom compromised beyond the requirements of any punishment or the requirements of any directive that a Community court may lay down.

  1. The existing Magistrates Court & Local Circuit or County Court system shall end at The Establishment.
  2. The role of Volunteer Magistrates will end at The Reestablishment.
  3. All Criminal matters shall be determined by new Local Assembly Courts, convened with 7 Community Members randomly selected from a different Local Assembly Area within the same Community Area.
  4. Assembly Courts shall be convened and sit for 1 (one) week and shall be overseen by a qualified Court facilitator.
  5. All Civil and deferred Criminal matters shall be determined by Community Assembly Courts, convened with qualified Community judges.
  6. The automatic pathway of all Civil and Family matters shall be mediation, following the initial assessment of all cases by a Community Judge to remove or reject spurious cases.
  7. A criminal charge of obstructing the rightful process of the Community Court will be applied to any party who refuses or fails to participate in the automatic pathway.
  8. ‘Ambulance chasing’ or ‘where there’s blame, there’s a claim’ court applications initiated specifically for commercial gain by legal professionals shall be prohibited with an immediate lifetime ban from practice for any legal professional directly or indirectly involved.
  9. The right of appeal shall be limited to the next Assembly Level, and where appeals or more serious cases are passed to The National Assembly, they shall be determined by 7 randomly selected members of The National Assembly and determined under the advice of a senior Community Judge.
  10. No court may use financial incentives or disincentives to discourage or encourage the pursuit of justice of any kind. Impartial justice must be available to all UK / Great Britain residents at all times.
  11. It will be the obligation of the Local and Community Assembly Courts to ensure that all cases are objectively led, factually driven and not motivated by material gain or emotional prejudice of any kind and in any way.

Law & Order

  • All Policing targets will be discontinued at The Reestablishment. A happy Community is one which has no requirement to be policed.
  • Any person arrested will be prosecuted by the arresting Police Officer(s) in front of the Local Assembly Community Court for any decision over immediate conviction, bail or release, within 24 hours of their arrest.
  • Any person under the age of 21 who is convicted in a Local Assembly Community Court of any crime which is not against the person or freedom of the person shall, upon conviction, be enrolled to complete National Service of no less than completion of the full apprenticeship period plus an additional 3 (three) years.

Policing

  • The role of the College of Policing shall undergo immediate review with any rights of the college to influence operational policing policy rescinded.
  • The weight of value in policing shall be returned to frontline Police Constables, whose priority will be the provision of visible, Community policing and with the burden of bureaucratic targets removed.
  • A Policing Apprenticeship shall be available for applicants at 14 years.
  • Other applicants for Police Constable Training shall be no less than 21 years of age with a minimum of 3 years post-apprenticeship work experience.
  • The weight of Police Constable Training shall be experiential and ‘on the job’.
  • All Senior Police Officers must have served a minimum of 3 years, qualified, within the preceding role.
  • The role of Police Community Support Officer shall end at The Reestablishment, with all existing PCSOs expected to complete Police Constable Training within 18 months.
  • The area of each Police Force or Constabulary shall correspond with the local Community Assembly area.
  • Each Local Assembly area shall have a manned Police Station.

Terrorism

  • All terrorism shall be treated as treason and an attack upon freedom.
  • All convicted Terrorists will receive whole-life tariffs, which may be upgraded by The National Assembly to a capital tariff at any time, will a majority vote within all Local Assemblies restore the Death Penalty.

Licensing (Gambling & Sale of Alcohol)

  • The gambling industry shall be required to have new system of Governance mirroring alcohol licensing where ‘point of transaction’ must be managed by a responsible, appropriately qualified and upstanding person who will be held accountable for the safety of all customers on the basis of legally backed right to refuse.
  • All Internet and/or app gambling will be regulated to reflect the same or banned if the Gambling industry cannot present workable solutions to support gambling supervision on remote basis.
  • A system of Alcohol Taxation will be introduced to encourage the use of Pubs, Restaurants and Social Clubs for any/all alcohol consumption, actively discouraging drinking in the home or an ‘unsupervised’ environment.

Religion, Freedom of Thought and Freedom of Speech

  • True freedom of the individual is the ability to think freely, and to act accordingly unless such an act will restrict the acts or ability to think freely of another, with the only exception being when they have been convicted of a crime and have had such freedom restricted by law.
  • Any person shall be free to believe whatever they wish, unless that belief becomes an action or behaviour that then calls into question the ability of any other person to do the same.
  • No religion shall have the right to impose any law, framework for living, or any type of behaviour upon any person who objects to doing so or has not voluntarily agreed to do so without solicitation or coercion.
  • It will be recognised in Law that there is no discernible hierarchy of man between any man and his or her relationship with God, Source, A Supreme Being or The Universe, other than which is man made, and that Faith is itself an exercise in freedom.
  • No organisation or individual – whether ‘religious’, ‘spiritual’, or following another doctrine or philosophy which requires changes upon freedom of the person, shall impose or force their doctrine on any person without their consent.
  • The act of ‘cancellation’ shall be a criminal offence, whether committed directly or in part.
  • The spiritual independence and individual value of every individual, their soul or ‘mind’ shall be respected at all times.
  • No man shall have the right to compromise the right of any individual to unassisted human function, unless the individual has knowingly and in full understanding given their consent for them to do so.
  • Where such rights have been surrendered, they will only be surrendered on a temporary basis, with the cognitive ability of the individual maintained to have their self-sufficiency restored at any time upon demand.

Economic Delinquency, Public Manipulation & Control, Foreign Campaign & Covid Crimes Inquiries & Punishment 

  • There will be a recognition that the decision making by the majority of former politicians and senior public figures has been based upon self-interest and reasoning based on the stupidity and ignorance that goes with it.
  • The most appropriate punishment for stupid and ignorant people is to remove them from their responsibilities and relieve them of any material gain they have made directly from the decisions they have made. Any such person will forfeit their right to continue to hold their position and any future benefit that may have previously been intended from it.
  • Where individuals have been proven to design, impose and maintain any public policy that has been knowingly used to compromise the physical health, mental health and freedom of any individual or the public at large, for reasons that are not in the best interests of the majority, they will be appropriately tried in a court of their peers.
  • Appropriate punishment shall be decided by the same court.
  • In any circumstances, punishments will be humane and not in any way applied in such way that the method of achieving the outcome is arguably ‘fitting’ the crime. I.e., any person convicted of a political crime may indeed receive a custodial sentence, but the removal of their liberty and any non-essentials for the period of the sentence duly given shall be punishment enough.
  • In the event that a court will impose a capital sentence upon any individual, the sentence shall be carried out in the most efficient, painless and humane manner possible, without an audience or public celebration of any kind.
  • Any persons appointed to oversee the administration of a court’s punishment will be appropriately qualified and trusted to respect the requirement for humanity to be shown and applied to any person, no matter who they are or what they have done.
  • Bankers and Financiers tried and convicted of playing any part in profiteering, excessive interest raising, usury, market manipulation, betting on the markets, creating deceptive financial devices or any other activity that has either involuntarily compromised others or risked/damaged any economy in any way shall, at a minimum, be banned from engaging in any financial industry or financially related activity for life, and shall forfeit any wealth attributed from such activity to their Community Assembly.

Grassroots Policy 9: Transport

  1. Public Transport is an essential public service and will be provided on a not-for-profit basis.
  2. All Public Transport provision will be made by Public Interest Companies
  3. The technological development of Hydrogen, Battery and free energy powered vehicles shall be supported and prioritised at all Assembly Levels.

Road Transport

  1. EU Legislation requiring Professional Drivers to do stepped tests for different vehicle sizes in same class (e.g., HGV 3 and then HGV1 only afterwards following a qualification period) will end at The Reestablishment.
  2. The requirement for Driver CPCs shall end and be replaced with short online course and tests as part of first Licensing, with regular refresher courses and tests online thereafter to be provided and managed by the Vehicle Licensing Authority for UK ONLY commercial drivers.
  3. Visiting or transiting professional Foreign Drivers will be required to undertake the same short online courses and driving tests before accessing UK / Great Britain roads.

Roads

  • All road building plans and projects will be halted where the cost of continuing will be higher than to cease and restore the previous infrastructure.
  • Utility companies to be made liable for all road repairs where they have devalued the structural integrity of a road surface.
  • Any Utility companies leaving temporary roadworks without work taking place at weekends and during business hours shall be fined for the value of expense to the Community.
  • Investment will be made in new road surface technology research to extend the lifetime and durability of all roads.

Shipping

  • A new scheme of public sponsorship or loans to create new shipbuilding enterprises shall be established with the aim that all Community Assembly areas with access to the UK / Great Britain coastline or a ship going estuary shall have appropriate and accessible ship building and repair facilities.

Cycling

  • A new system of Bicycle & Rider Licensing shall be created for all bicycles, scooters and mobility carts.

A Word to The Wise

You may only be here to ‘borrow’ a few ideas to write an article. You could well be here on behalf of a political master or party, to pocket a solution you will use as something akin to a sticking plaster or plug to fill a black hole, so that when the next set of awkward questions are asked of you or them, you have something that will get you through.

You’re welcome. It really doesn’t matter. There are no shortcuts that will see us through.

Contrary to what today’s political class believes, solutions for the public that will help and benefit the public are not any persons to own. They belong to us all, because they are for us all.

But if you are already here or there and cherry-picking ideas and suggestions like these, you would do yourself and potentially many other people a great favour if you were to stop, look at the much bigger picture and then begin to work your role in all of this through.

An approach to public policy for the future that involves or incorporates anything less than wholesale, comprehensive or universal change – and not least of all in the direction of the values that drive ALL of us – will do.

It will remain possible for anyone and everyone to change the way they think, until the very moment that it isn’t. That will be the time when there is no longer any choice.

Dare to be different. Dare to think Differently. Dare to be a leader of change, NOW!

Comments, Questions or Get in Touch

If you have any genuine thoughts, questions or ideas that you would like to share, I would be very happy to hear them, especially if they will help us to help others.

If you would like to get in touch, please e-mail me at acommunityroute@gmail.com

Alternatively, you will find me on social media.

More Reading

The Grassroots Manifesto wasn’t written in isolation and is part of a series that I began writing about three years ago in early 2022.

Each of the following list of Books is a variation on a theme, but works very much under the principle that it is not only possible but actually healthy to be able to understand, value and even hold different views or perspectives of the same situation or set of circumstances at the same time, whether that be in the Past, Present or Future tense.

Equally, it is also important to be able to consider different pathways for the future that sit beyond what many consider to be the obvious, simply because the obvious itself is usually inextricably linked with what has already been done and what sits in the past.

All of the following titles are available to purchase as complete eBooks for Kindle from Amazon using the links provided.

Where indicated, titles may also be available to download FREE as PDF Copies from my Blogsite in different forms, using the links provided.

If you would like to discuss any of the works listed, please get in touch.

Levelling Level (30 Mar 2022)

Amazon

PDF Download

From Here to There Through Now (3 Oct 2022)

Amazon

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government (3 Dec 2022)

Amazon

PDF Download

A Community Route (28 Mar 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

The Grassroots Manifesto (18 Apr 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Officially None of the Above (18 May 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Actions Speak Louder than Digital Words (8 Jun 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

One Rule Changes Everything (23 Dec 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Food From Farms Guaranteed (3G) (15 Feb 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Days of Ends and New Beginnings (7 Apr 2024)

Amazon

The Basic Living Standard (14 Apr 2024)

Amazon

Our Local Future (18 Aug 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Who Controls Our Food Controls Our Future (14 Nov 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow (11 Jan 2025)

Amazon

PDF Download

Manifesto for a Good Dictator (26 Jan 2025)

Amazon

Back Page

Change is underway. Change must happen and it is no longer a choice. But we do all have a choice over what that change will be.

Many now recognise the reality that we are already within The Great Reset. But what just as many of us still don’t realise, understand or accept, is the direction that the Establishment and the World Elites want us all to go is only their aim. It’s not ours or what is best for us in any way.

The risk that we all face for our future, is that the apathy of the many, and the lack of direction suffered by the few who have already awoken will end the opportunity for all people to take back control of our future, before any real fight to do so has even began.

However, we have the choice to take back control and decide what we, as people and as a Community, wish the outcome of this period of unavoidable change to be.

The Grassroots Manifesto provides the reader with an outline and direction of what real people-centric change will look and feel like, and what for us all personally and as members of the Community, meaningful change that will benefit everyone will mean.

The book focuses on the pathway to a genuine Reestablishment through changes and transformation to our system of Governance and includes:

  • Establishing a New Democratic & Electoral System.
  • The use of Universal Frameworks that provide equity for all forms of Governance
  • A series of suggested Public Policies that provide a guide to what legislation will look like when created by the people, for the people and implemented from the Grassroots-Up.

Whether you are looking for answers or have already committed yourself to being the change, The Grassroots Manifesto will open a door for you and is a must read, whether you are resident in the UK or not.

An Economy for the Common Good | Full Text

Building, enabling and maintaining good governance, self-sufficiency and freedom for all people and our communities

The Greek Stoic Philosopher Epictetus said “It is not possible to learn what you think you already know.” 

Today, one of the greatest challenges that humanity faces is the reality that almost every one of us believes that we already understand how the world works and subsequently believe that how it works today will always continue to provide the basis of how the world will work tomorrow.

With even the most educated academics and experienced experts suffering from what can be argued as a situational bias, where virtually nobody can picture a way of living where the fundamental factors like money and the economic system that we have today aren’t exactly the same, it seems that we have just as easily slipped into the tragic and passive acceptance that the things that we want to be changed, either cannot or will not be changed. For no better reason that we refuse to give up the things that those changes will necessitate, that we still believe to profit or benefit us personally in some way.

For any speaker or writer who dares venture into the realms of sharing even just one or two layers of the massively multilayered truths that underpin the workings of today’s world using a lens or microscope to focus upon one area of life, government or business, the complexities quickly become too hard for others to believe and the label or badge of being a conspiracy theorist or perhaps worse fits just as easily whilst serving the purposes of those who ride the ‘blissful ignorance’ of the masses ridiculously well.

The truth that even the many who do accept that change has now become more than necessary cannot deal with, is that neither the majority nor the critical mass of people required to initiate meaningful levels of societal change can be reached whilst we remain ‘bought in’ to the current paradigm at any level.

Indeed, the change that our lucid moments allow us to recognise as being the only possible direction for a just, fair and balanced society and culture, will not be accepted and certainly not embraced, until enough of us have felt the real pain that the way mankind lives today will inevitably inflict upon us all. For as long as money and material wealth rule the day.

A HAPPY WORLD isn’t coin operated

The world could not only work as well as it does today. But it would actually work much better. IF everyone did what they did, without being tied into the shared belief that everything has monetary value.

Yet it doesn’t take much for any one of us to build a wall against this truth when we will almost inevitably fall into the trap of believing that whilst we might personally be able to accept a different system of values, we believe that nobody else will. Because they are selfish and coin operated. And that as such, the world will always be destined to work the same way.

What I will say to you now is that the world does not and has never needed to be coin operated or run by money. And it can no longer continue to operate in this same way.

The way that the world works today is a manmade construct. One that has fear – not happiness, peace or love at its heart.

What is more, each of us may well have had the free will to choose fear as our motivation and our guide in times past.

But when the impact and consequences of that motivation on the part of any one of us leads to a situation where the free will to choose between fear and the alternative is no longer available for others to decide, the imbalance that is created is one that will  inevitably lead to inescapable pain and impoverished circumstances for those others from which it will be impossible for the world itself to hide.

The contradictory belief that unsustainable living is sustainable, because the narrative says so

Fanciful as it may sound, the reality we all face is that the unsustainable ways in which we have all been living have already gone too far.

The decisions that legislators and leaders make do not reflect what is in the best interests of humanity and everything they now do is progressively making a very bad situation even worse.

We do not and have never needed the world to work as it does now.

The benefits of a whole world and everything within it being twisted and manipulated to serve the interests of just a few, are worth nothing and do nothing but cause pain and harm to the masses.

This is an incalculable level of tragedy when we realise that the fundamental basis of everything we need, is being able to or having the ability to live a good life.

A Good Life cannot be bought

A good life isn’t created or achieved on the basis of what we have, what we accumulate or what other people think.

A good life is a state of mind.

And it is a state of mind that allows each and every one of us the opportunity to open the door and rediscover who we really are.

Those committed to the current paradigm will certainly argue that only wealth, influence, power and control can provide the circumstances where this kind of peace can be achieved.

Yet there is nothing peaceful, beneficial and certainly not spiritual about living a life that may be perceived as being good. But can only be achieved where at least one and potentially many others are having to pay some kind of cost.

Just like our bodies are an ecosystem that work to their very best when they are looked after, our communities and localities are all that groups of us need to survive and thrive, whilst showing and maintaining that same respect for all others and sharing between all of us the things that different communities can do that we cannot and vice versa, with the express belief and understanding that cooperation and collaboration rather than control are all any of us need to have very good lives.

Our Future is Local

Plenty has been said and written about the virtues of looking within ourselves rather than continually looking outside for all of the answers, truths and directions that we expect to make our lives work.

Indeed, the purpose of this work isn’t to focus upon the benefits of self-awareness and levels of self-knowing that reach way beyond any basic understanding of self-help fashions such as mindfulness which can be found in seemingly endless numbers online and on channels such as YouTube and TikTok. As that is a journey for each of us to pursue and conclude upon personally.

However, the circumstances and situations that lend themselves to that journey of personal learning and progress are a different matter altogether.

In very basic terms, the most  productive and beneficial way for us to live our lives, to experience a good life and to live a life where we will know that we will genuinely succeed, is to live locally, or in ways where everything to which we attribute real value is experienced as first hand, through people we meet face to face and through life experiences which are fully lived and not accessed at  any level through the equivalent of a screen.

To experience the human condition and human relationships, it is necessary to have relationships directly with other humans that will condition us to understand how and why other humans behave the way they do and how they think.

Living any other way immediately adds unnecessary levels of complexity in which the behaviours and choices that harm others can easily hide, that just like any other lie, require many other lies and layers of lies in order to protect the original lie.

Despite many convincing narratives that suggest otherwise, progress doesn’t only travel one way. Just like technology doesn’t automatically mean the redundancy and erasure of methodologies that came before it. And it certainly doesn’t mean that advances of any kind that benefit those who control them, should ever come at the cost, hardship, loss or pain of those who would have been involved in any accepted practice that came before it.

In fact, technology driven by the correct motives and the desire to improve life, rather than replace it, is representative of genuine progress, whereas technology used to replace and impoverish people so that those who own and control it can profit is most certainly not representative of any kind of progress.

Just because jobs can be replaced by technology doesn’t mean that they either need to be, or that they should be. And if money wasn’t the only real consideration that was being involved, neither would anyone believe that there would be any need to be either.

Indeed, if money were not in the equation, the need for big companies or big anything, wouldn’t even exist.

The only businesses or organisations that we would need at any level, would be those that have the structures necessary to provide for all our essential needs and the goods and services that make a genuinely good life work.

These aren’t big businesses. Because they aren’t driven by the suggestion that costs can be lowered so that more profit can be made or one business can undercut another that does the same thing, because it can do the same things more cheaply in some way.

These are businesses that exist to provide the best at what they do and provide the best experience that they can for the people that they serve.

These are businesses that are local, that are part  of a local supply chain and work within a local circular economy in its truest sense, that have no need to be bigger or biggest, because the one set of values that we all share is built around the belief  that every one of us is worth and has value that is exactly the same.

Our Local Future

The default setting that most of us have from the way that our lives and understanding of life has been conditioned will tell even the most learned and intelligent of us that money centric living will always be the way and that everything we are working through here is little more than some kind of utopian dream that is wholly impractical and will never come true.

Yet unsustainable living is by its very nature unsustainable at every level, at that means that to live and believe that it is sustainable is itself untrue.

Those who are looking more closely at the narratives and the truths that they hide will know that life is going to change in one way or another. It is not a question of if, but when, and the only real question that none of us can accurately answer – even though it is easy to speculate, is what event or series of events will be responsible for setting off what we can almost be sure will be a process of change, if we are not already now within it?

Because we tend to be obsessed over the journey and who has decision making control over the next step(s), rather than the outcomes of everything we do, we use outcomes in the sense of what they mean only to us as the basis of any argument over what should come next – in real terms, whose ideas and suggestions should come first.

From this perspective and the conflict that we can see as soon as we begin to be open to how everything works, it can easily feel impossible to visualise an outcome or range of outcomes that could be achievable after having gained buy-in from everyone and the pathways they are demanding, so that the result is meaningful to all as well as being something that actually works.

The paradox is of course that without being able to visualise the destination and what that destination will actually feel like, what it will be to experience it and what being there will actually mean, we don’t have a collective cat in hells chance of ever getting there or doing anything that will actually succeed.

Minded of this, I wrote Our Local Future and took the leap to create a vision or picture of what a world that works for us all would actually look like, feel like and work like. And you can read and work through the structure of Our Local Future and download a copy of the book by visiting HERE.

Putting the first steps towards tomorrow’s world in today’s terms

Whereas Our Local Future may provide the reader with a picture of what a fully functioning just, fair and balanced locality-based world would look like, whether they agree with that vision or not, it does not and will not provide a guide or map that includes all the different steps that we will collectively need to get there. For no better reason than dogmatically sticking to any plan will create more problems than it will ever solve and that in a world of complexity and contradictions like the one we are experiencing today, plans can never replace the choices made by decision makers who make the right decision in the moment, and ultimately will not work.

However, what is not only possible, but is also required with the outlook that we tend to share, is an example of the stepping off point; a signpost in the direction of travel, or rather an outline of the first steps that we could and that we arguably should be taking now. So that what we are doing to ourselves today is no longer destined to be our end, but can be the point from which we make a conscious decision to take each step, and then keep moving and changing step by step, to transform from a world that doesn’t work for everyone, into a world that works for us all, as it always  should.

Who does this is not something we should worry about, unless we remain captured by that idea that the next step and who controls it is more important than the outcome or destination itself. And without recognising this, it continues to be unlikely that we will ever agree on how we will recognise that outcome, because the outcome and destination will never have become the topic of our discussion or debate.

From this perspective, I would rather have my work taken apart so that it can be improved upon by all those who can improve upon it, than for the work to have never started at all. And with this in mind, I have created and committed to digital pages An Economy for the Common Good, as a model for how we could all come together as communities and within our localities work together to make a start.

The Glos Community Project

I began this work or project in the summer of 2023, and at that point simply intended to turn an idea in to a practical or turnkey model of how a group of well-intended and appropriately motivated volunteers could begin creating a structure that would lead to a fully functioning and localised economy, that would lead to outcomes that would place localism, circular economy, sustainability and sustainable living, awakened forms of governance and therefore real democracy at its heart.

Because the whole point is about our own communities and where we live and work, I created this model around the areas in which I have lived and live today, so that it would be as realistic as it can be from the very start.

The model is called The Glos Community Project and follows in the next section of this book as a structured and self-explanatory plan that goes as far as to provide the basic adverts and job specs for the social entrepreneurs and community volunteers who are envisaged as being the leaders and pioneers of building An Economy for the Common Good.

The Glos Community Project model is only a guide, providing that first step that I have already alluded to, and one that I hope will invite every reader to think about how our world can and will operate very differently, once we have accepted and are ready to embrace that we must place people, community and the environment we live in at its heart.

The content that follows has been structured in the form of a website that can be found HERE, where comments can be added at the bottom of each page.

If you would like to make suggestions about the subjects raised, please share them there or do get in touch by email at acommunityroute@gmail.com if you would prefer not to share your thoughts publicly.

Please note that I will be happy to publish anything that is well intended and clearly shared with the intention of achieving the best outcome(s) for all, even where such an example directly improves upon the work that has been shared.

Thank you for reading and for your interest in creating An Economy for the Common Good.

Adam Tugwell

February 2025

The Glos Community Project

Introduction

Hello there!

I’m Adam and Gloucestershire is my home. Gloucestershire is the County where I was born and where my family live. It’s where I went to school, where I first worked in farming, where I first trained as a manager for an international company, where I first ran and developed projects for a charity and where I set up my first business. Gloucestershire is also where I was an elected Councillor and Member of three of Gloucestershire’s Local Authorities.

As you can already see, I have a very strong affiliation with Gloucestershire, and with Cheltenham, Cirencester, Tewkesbury and Winchcombe in particular. However, all these places are important to me, not just because of the role and part they have already played in my life. But especially so, because they are all parts of the same community and local communities of which I am or have also been a part.

Community can mean a lot of things and could easily be considered to be different, depending on who you talk to. However, to me a community is the group of people who you share all of the important things in life with, rather than being the people who you share the same things with that are important in your own life.

Community is People and Place

The Community and what the community can do has never been as important as it is becoming and as it will soon become. Given all of the turbulence and difficulties that are beginning to affect everyone in some way, right across the world.

Yes, the world is itself a community. And it would certainly be a much happier, healthier, safe and secure place, if world leaders could cast their own agendas aside, and put the benefits of what they do for the People and the communities they should be serving first.

It’s no excuse, but at the level of world or even national leadership, it’s very easy to lose sight of how important every other person’s life experience is.

That’s why when we think about the basic or essential food, goods and services that each and every one of us needs to live and have self-sufficient lives every day, it is locality, localism and keeping every part of day-to-day life as local as possible, that is going to become the key ingredient to ensuring that everyone has a balanced, fair, just and above all, meaningful life.

Recognising that The System today, isn’t about ‘us’; BUT the Future will be

The Establishment no longer works for any of us, even though the amount that we pay in taxes means that on average, we work until May or June each year and ‘Tax Freedom Day’, when any of the money we earn thereafter is actually ours to spend as if it were our own.

One way or another, the help that we now need doesn’t and will not come from those who we should be able to expect to provide it.

Necessity now requires that whatever help we and our communities now or will need, we will all have to step up and do whatever we can to help ourselves, the people who are in our lives and the way of life and everything within it in the localities that surround us.

Our power lies wherever we focus it

Asking people to help themselves or even making the suggestion that public policy is very much ours to influence and change for the better, is something that many – perhaps even you – will feel some immediate resistance to.

We are, after all, living through a period of our own, if not world history, where we have been conditioned to feel helpless and that solving problems that affect us all is something that somebody, somewhere else is responsible for and always does.

Learned helplessness is a human disaster in the making. Simply because it encourages everyone who believes they are powerless to stand still.

In the circumstances we are experiencing, standing still is like going backwards. Because those who have power are abusing it to take everything that we understand forward, in to a future, in ways that only benefit them and their kind.

However, life isn’t something that happens out there, somewhere.

Life is happening right here, right now, in your mind and in the space or spaces around you that you walk in, talk in, feel in, touch in, eat in, wash in and experience every part of life in – each and every day.

Life isn’t happening remotely in a device somewhere.

But the picture that devices give us of someone else’s life can certainly make it feel like whatever is important in the digital world, is relevant and all-encompassing within our own.

It’s not. And the most painful lesson that we all have to learn, understand and accept in real terms, is that life doesn’t work as it should for more and more of us, because we aren’t living real lives.

Our lives are being dictated by people who are completely out of touch with us and who we are. But have a pedestal, lectern and platform in front of us, just because they are on a digital screen.

The current economic model and system of power doesn’t work for us

There isn’t much that needs to be said to anyone, no matter who you are, where you come from or what you do, for us to reach agreement that there is something fundamentally wrong with the way that everything works.

Whatever your relationship with money, the chances are that you are also concerned by the creeping feeling that less and less of the aspects of your life that you used to feel in charge of, still remain within your control.

In simple terms, it works this way and will continue to get worse in this way, as every decision that’s having an impact on the value of everything we have is being made by people who we are unlikely to ever meet.

The challenge that we all face today, is that the rules that allow all the things that are going wrong for us – no matter what they are – have been created or adapted to serve the purposes of those same people, and these are the people who we have not only trusted, but also put in charge.

Out of sight is out of mind for most.

And people who have power, influence and control by the truckload, are very dangerous when they have no integrity or respect for the responsibilities they have to others.

Localism or Going Local

I’ve written a whole series of books that focus on localism and how the focus of power must be brought back to local communities and for decisions that affect our daily lives to be made as close to us as possible and by people who we know and can trust.

However, the problem that I have faced throughout, is that when talking about anything in a broader or national sense, it quickly becomes as abstract as national politics and national news streams are, even though that’s how we often judge important things to be.

The problem is, real life and what is important to us isn’t abstract.

In fact, the real things that are important and all the things that can have the biggest impact upon everything that is happening to us is not abstract and is very specific indeed.

But we have somehow allowed the abstract, or what is outside of us, to influence all of our specific choices.

With AI and technologies now forcing their way into our digital lives, with consequences that will make real life feel so much easier, whilst teaching us to forget how making decisions for ourselves and even learning new things, the choice between being led by an abstract world where the real influences are never seen or understood, or taking back control and regaining conscious choice in everything we do has never appeared to be such an easy one that is actually so very hard.

Awakening to the reality that hides in plain sight

The damage of centralisation, globalisation and of allowing decisions that affect everyone to be taken by people who are unlikely to ever visit or have reason to understand the things that are happening in our streets and neighbourhoods are very easy for us to see in the news every night.

People who have zero understanding of the consequences and impact on the policies they write for every reason other than those that they should, are condemning increasing numbers of people to harder and more challenging lives, and then blaming them for the problems that they themselves have through their own incompetence caused.

It can only work for us, if we can reach out and touch it

A genuinely self-sufficient and fully localised system of public services and the governance that underpins the systems and processes that affect and impact daily lives would not be in danger of being abused or mismanaged in this way.

Indeed, the only way that we will be able to create a genuinely level playing field of opportunity and a public or community sector that works in the way that it should will be for the full balance of power, influence and decision making to be brought back to the People and local communities and administered openly, transparently and without any bias in the way that it always should.

Real Localism is what Authentic Governance looks like and what it would be.

Localism in its real sense

The most simple way to explain the change of focus from where it is today (Global, Central, European etc.) to where it should be (Local, Community etc.), is to think of it as being a switch from a values set based on money, profit and the accumulation of power and wealth, to the alternative values set which is focused on People, humanity and what we genuinely need for everyone to be happy, healthy, secure and safe.

Real localism isn’t rocket science.

But real localism certainly meets with a lot of resistance when the true depth and scope of what it means are openly discussed, because for many who do so well out of exploiting others (whether they are aware of it or not), localism represents what they believe to be a loss.

Sadly, because the Establishment know and understand that local communities are where the power of the people and everything that supports us should be, they frequently pay lip service to the principle of ‘localism’.

But as in the case of New Labour’s ‘Devolution’ from the 1997 General Election on, and then the Cameron Conservatives ‘Localism’ in the years that have followed since 2010, the type of localism and the return of power to local people that politicians from all sides having been selling us, all add up to no such thing.

Politicians today are desperately promoting what they call localism or any one of a number of similar things, which is Regional Centralisation by another name.

We face a challenging, but achievable course of action, that requires us, our communities, charities and businesses to by-pass the Establishment and begin putting localism into everything we do and are motivated by, if we genuinely want to solve all of the societal problems that not only our communities, but the Country and the whole world faces.

We need a new Economic Model that evolves itself from the community up

If you want to learn about economics, the last person you should ask is an economist.

History – albeit history that is used as a model and translated for the contemporary age, is another thing entirely.

We do not need to return to the dark ages or some kind of feudal system to see that life worked much better for everyone when everything that was needed for day-to-day life was available locally and provided by people that everyone knew.

Simple living is far more intelligent than the ‘connected’ world that we live in where relationships are being dehumanised and we have all become little more than a number or code to every company or organisation that we have any reason to buy something from or to do business with.

We will bypass and reject the heartless and inhumane way of living we experience today by

  1. Prioritising local growing, processing, manufacture and supply.

We will improve life for everyone dramatically by rejecting the money-based value system by

  • Putting People First.

We will change the world for the better by rejecting the hierarchical structures and system of governance by

  • Bringing power back to the most local level within our communities – creating a clean, authentic form of democracy that has never been allowed by the power hungry to exist before.

The new enlightenment that we are told we are experiencing is only enlightening for those who believe that they are in control.

People who don’t have any reason to even acknowledge the realities that many of the people whose lives they influence now face, because technology insulates them from all the pain that they cause.

PLEASE Remember: Just because technology can do so many ‘amazing’ things, it doesn’t mean that we are obliged to use it, or that we have no choice when it comes to doing so.

Priority 1: Local, Local, Local

Life isn’t a theory.

Yet we have life dictated to us as if it is.

The only way that things can really work in the best way possible for us all, is for whole supply chains, the route of food from farm to fork and how business works and money or currencies flow to be in circles that are as local as it is possible for them to be.

Forget any ideas, philosophies or narratives that identify with localism purely as ‘circular’ or ‘doughnut’ economics.

Whilst they may be well intended, these are theories that are based upon the current money-centric system continuing to be prevalent across all areas of life.

They are NOT what real localised economies are really about.

Localism and Locality Economics are about everything in life and the business streams that support life, people, communities and the environment, working locally and in a very localised way.

Priority 2: People First

Money isn’t everything. But people, our relationships and the world we live in really are.

People or human based values are in short supply, so the most effective way to change everything is to put People and our communities first.

We don’t need to make massive profits to experience happy, healthy, safe and secure lives. But we do need to have faith that changing minds – beginning with our own, is the most important step to changing the world to one that is just, fair and balanced for all – and that social enterprises that help everyone without charging more than anyone involved genuinely needs within local communities is the best place to begin.

Priority 3: Local Governance from local Communities and the grassroots up

We may have learned helplessness, but we have the ability to change things right now, by-passing the assumed behaviour that the Establishment expects and by making the system work for us and taking power back, rather than engaging in actions we have been brought up to expect which just continues to funnel power at people who abuse it and use it only to benefit themselves.

In the recent book Officially NONE OF THE ABOVE, we discussed the need for us all to act and take part so that the focus of political power is brought back to people we know and the decisions that affect us daily are made by people who have genuine skin in the game when it comes to knowing and understanding what we are experience, how we feel, and how we think.

No, we don’t need a revolution and the destruction of the current electoral system to do this. But we do all need to take part. However, in the long term, we must work towards the removal of any parts of the electoral system or system of democracy that can allow specific interests and the agendas of particular groups of people to manipulate and play the system, as is the case right now.

Social Enterprise and Community Enterprises | Bringing not-for-profit and key local businesses together to work as one

Putting People First isn’t just the long-term aim. Putting People First is the most important stepping off point in the series of practical steps that have the power to influence and deliver large scale change, even without the Establishment giving it its blessing, a green light or any kind of consent.

The way that we can do this is by creating a series of social enterprises that can immediately begin to tackle the issues that are being most acutely felt by what we today recognise as growing wealth inequality and the cost of living crisis, but in reality is a direct result of the broken economic model that the Establishment remains committed to, even though it is continuing to deliver increasing  levels of harm to People from all areas and across the whole spectrum of society.

It is certainly true that many will not have even considered the realities that many of the people they pass on the street daily are facing from the growing problems that are a direct result of this broken economic model. Of those that do or are open to the existence of a problem, even more cannot see an alternative way of running a 21st century model of society where money doesn’t have its current role.

Many People genuinely believe that creating a model of society that functions around what everyone needs, rather than what the reducing few just want, cannot deliver happiness, health, security and safety in any way. This is because of the genuine belief that money always has a role to play.

But money or rather inflated prices, excess prices and the greed and profiteering that sits behind it doesn’t have a role to play in any fair, balanced and just society. The only way to demonstrate this is to show the people that need to be convinced, and that’s why those who can see and understand this truth need to be the pioneers when it comes to taking action, as well as having and maintaining a lot of faith.

We can deliver different outcomes and with them, a different life experience for people across our communities very quickly, just by making a start

That start will be social enterprises that follow similar development and growth models in every local area, along with a very small number of new multimodal charity units that provide services for those in very specific cases of need, who have no way to pay.

By passing the Establishment and organisations profiting from essential goods and services that everyone needs

There is no point in attempting to reinvent the wheel. There are already some magnificent social enterprises and not for profit organisations operating in many areas that are doing the very best to help people on a cost-related or free basis already. The Glos Community Project will not seek to replicate or replace any of these within their tangible area of operation, and where or when possible, will also seek to redirect support that might become available to them.

However, The Glos Community Project will operate in any area where we have the volunteers/social business leaders, support and resources, where no such organisation already exists.

The Establishment has had plenty of opportunity to demonstrate that it can reform and get things right. Those involved no longer have the right to demand that we keep waiting for them to get things right, or to expect that we will continue to trust them, just because of the job title or responsibility that they supposedly hold.

This time and the future are ours to decide. They have had their chance and have cast what’s good for everyone rather than just them aside.

In time, many of those from within the current Establishment will accept that there was always a better way and that they made the decision not to exercise the responsibility that they held on our behalf, to do what is right.

We cannot trust anyone from within the Establishment today, to do what is right, until they can see and accept that putting People First is the new paradigm and how everything is going to run.

Who are The Establishment?

We have mentioned the Establishment and the reality that obtaining meaningful change will require bypassing the establishment at the very least.

Knowing who the Establishment are is therefore very important.

As a rule, anyone involved with or directly employed by any of the following will represent the establishment. There are exceptions right across the board, but for the purpose of excluding as much of the risk that comes from those who are invested in obstructing change as possible, in the first instances and until there is definite evidence to support otherwise, we will not trust or knowingly engage with any of the following:

The Establishment includes (but is not limited to):

  • The Civil Service
  • Town Councils
  • Parish Councils
  • Borough Councils
  • District Councils
  • County Councils
  • Unitary Authorities
  • Schools
  • Colleges
  • Universities
  • Social Services
  • Public Services of all kinds
  • Non-Government Organisations (NGOs) e.g. The Highways Agency / Highways England, The Environment Agency
  • National Charities that are well-funded and in the public eye
  • Elected Councillors
  • Elected Mayors
  • Members of Parliament
  • Police & Crime Commissioners
  • Mainstream Media
  • Media Companies
  • Corporate Businesses
  • Most Celebrities
  • The Military

Why | The Glos Community Project

Right now, even on the rare occasion that politics does something positive for People, it comes and works its way through the system at a pace that is simply too slow to help and benefit people who genuinely need help in their real lives.

Gloucestershire is no different. And whilst there are at least a few politicians on the seats of local Parish, Town, The Borough and Districts and the County Council who are still genuine in their aim of putting the needs of People first, the reality is that many of them don’t even understand just how little influence they – and therefore the People who elected them – have, over the things that we are expecting them to deal with on our behalf, each and every day.

The elephant trap that we can easily fall into is to think that bitching about any of this or that following, liking and supporting people who are saying all the things that we want to hear will somehow result in change.

It won’t. And that’s why I am here – as just another person from the community we share, who loves Gloucestershire and everything about it, with the aim of connecting like-minded people and taking the very practical steps that we can by working together, to help other members of our community and take the first leaps towards making the Towns, Villages and the Countryside that we love, a much better place and one that reflects the aims, values and aspirations of us all.

We really can change things for the better by doing the things that we can, rather than losing faith because the problems look too big and we believe that we can’t.

HP | The opportunity for change will be what WE make it | The Glos Community Project

You may have already heard of something called social enterprise, businesses that are run on a not-for-profit basis, or businesses that are set up not with the aim of making money, but creating some benefit to the community in some way.

The Glos Community Project is here to explore the opportunities that already exists and that are yet to be identified that will benefit the wider community through the services or products that they provide, whilst providing opportunities for budding social entrepreneurs and practical change activists, along with work opportunities for anyone and everyone – and especially those who might feel that the world has been passing them by.

Right now, I am looking for people who want to be the pioneers of social change within Gloucestershire’s communities. Individuals who are ideally looking for the opportunity to lead and to learn, but are driven by working collaboratively and for the benefit of everyone, rather than long or short term, about what they themselves can earn.

These are voluntary opportunities in the first instance, with the only immediate cost being the time and commitment that it will take, along with the determination that any successful entrepreneur would need to set up a business from scratch – but with the benefit of having the support and guidance of someone who has seen and experienced all of the ups and downs of creating, launching and managing businesses before.

Theres nothing good about global, but local builds love for others every time

Many of us struggle with understanding and identifying the difference between the things we need in life, and the things that we want in our life.

Don’t worry, there will be no judgement coming from me or anyone else who is closely involved in what we are doing if this does or has ever applied to you. The whole system is skewed and the messaging and advertising that is being constantly pumped at all of us has helped blurred the lines so much between need and want, that unless you are awake to anything being wrong with all of this, the two have merged and become one.

In my recent Book Levelling Level, we focused on identifying the difference between basic or essential needs and what many consider to be essential – but are actually just what those people want. We also focused on the reality that with the Establishment having worked tirelessly on behalf of specific interests to make just about every supply chain you could imagine operate to make excessive profits by delivering what everyone who can afford to buy it, wants, the same people who have been responsible have also destroyed the ability of communities and even our whole Country to provide just the basic or essential foods, goods and services that we all need.

Even talking about supply chains and terms like self-sufficiency will sound like gobbledygook or some kind of esoteric language to some. One of the many challenges we face is that this is intentional too. And the myth that we have been conditioned to believe is that everything costs less for us this way, that it is a better, healthier and more enlightened way of living, and that making us all dependent upon people that we have nothing in common with, will get rid of any problems because we all think the same way.

Regrettably, the same way or same thinking is based on nothing more than shared greed, profiteering and a complete lack of care for the human cost, such as loss of local jobs, overuse and unnecessary use of natural resources, exploitation of people and less developed cultures, and the enslavement to debt that is quickly overtaking populations across the world.

Target Business areas | Foods, Goods & Services that are ESSENTIAL to life

The Glos Community Project is all about the basics. The essentials that everyone needs to be able to access each and every day, so that they can lead happy, healthy, safe and secure lives within a fair, balanced and just environment.

Humans don’t get addicted to anything that they need. But the humanity in everyone is quickly destroyed by having too much of what they want.

Whilst the aims of The Glos Community Project will have many points of controversy, depending upon who you are, it’s the definition between what we need and what is essential to life, rather that what we want that will probably get the most backs up, whilst the world is able to continue in the way that it has been.

For the sake of repeating a lot of information that is available in my other books, the basics or the essentials for everyday living look very similar to this:

Food:

  • Fruits and vegetables that can be grown locally, either on farms, allotments or at home
  • Bread made using local flour with minimal processing that can be completed by hand or traditional milling methods.
  • Dairy products including Milk, Cheeses and Yoghurts that are made locally using traditional methods and without chemical additives, extensive processing or refinement
  • Meats that are farmed, prepared, stored, dressed and retailed locally, without unnecessary miles to heavily and unnecessarily bureaucratised abattoirs and processing facilities.
  • Fish and seafoods, either farmed inland, or transported from the nearest UK seaport.

Goods:

  • Clothing (basic)
  • Cleaning (To keep homes and anything for personal use clean and hygienic)
  • Kitchen (to cook, prepare and store food and drink)
  • Laundry (to wash and prepare clothing)
  • Health & Hygiene (Essential medicines, and goods used to keep clean and healthy such as toothbrushes, toothpaste, sanitary products etc.)
  • Transport (Bikes, Cars) – Only where regular transport cannot be provided in another or shared way

Services:

  • Clothing repairs
  • Vehicle repairs & maintenance where vehicles are owned
  • Building repairs and construction
  • Electricity
  • Water
  • Gas
  • Communication (mobile phone, broadband)
  • Unpaid apps
  • Entertainment (Free channels)
  • Transport (where vehicles are not owned or available for essential or irregular journeys)
  • Banking & Currency (outside of Establishment control)

The More People involved, the more local The Glos Community Project will become

In the first instance, it is difficult to estimate how much interest there will be and which social enterprises will be the most popular, even though I have a good idea what these will be.

If one person per social enterprise model were to come forward for each of them, we would certainly begin by opening up the first of each operation to the widest number of People that it would be possible for us to do so.

However, as interest grows, covering these same areas might be difficult and result in the level of service offered being reduced because there are too many people for one business unit to serve.

When this happens, the area will be divided up, so that every service that The Glos Community Project provides will be offered to the most local area possible.

The growth of The Glos Community Project will be a pathway of decentralization in every sense, focusing on improving accessibility and transparency at each and every step of the way.

Theres nothing about The Glos Community Project that can’t be done. The voices that say otherwise are from people who just have selfish reasons not to do it

No matter how you came to discover The Glos Community Project, there is a good chance that unless you have been searching for other like-minded people to do the things that you have already been thinking about, you will read through the list of social businesses that we want to see available to every community – just to begin with, and that you will think that this is something that cannot be done.

If you have an open mind, please ask yourself the question what makes you believe that, and then follow up by asking yourself why.

Everything listed on this site is achievable. Not only that. As more People from our communities sign up, commit to our aims and provide us with whatever support they can, more and more of us will understand that putting people first is a very good, mutually beneficial and happy way to live, where the results will speak for themselves.

Whilst it will be challenging to get the first few of each social business model planned, where necessary funded, launched and then running, we will very quickly have turnkey frameworks or plans available for every new area, that only then have to be tailored to ensure that whatever is being offered, will meet that specific community’s needs.

Areas outside of Gloucestershire

I will be as happy to hear from you if you are outside of Gloucestershire as I will be if you get in touch with me from any of the communities and local areas within.

We might need to take a different approach, depending on what you are able to do, but The Glos Community Project is just a model or incubator where we can all learn, and we must aspire to a much wider roll-out if community or grassroots power is to have the revival that it now can.

If you are from outside Gloucestershire, please consider all the opportunities that have been listed on this site and then get in touch.

I will be happy to arrange a one-to-one meeting via Zoom, WhatsApp, Facetime or Teams. Or if you have a question or questions that would be helpful for others too, I will be happy to post a blog or a video to explain or discuss what we can do.

Area Organisers – Other areas

If you have been reading The Glos Community Project and feel that you might have what it would take to get the ball rolling with a like-for-like Project in your own County or Region, I would really like to hear from you.

Please e-mail me and provide me with whatever information you would want to know about me, if you were already set up in your area and were thinking about inviting me to work alongside you to set up over here in Gloucestershire right now.

Funding Opportunities

We are actively searching for philanthropic support for specific projects or to support them all.

If you would like to provide support through a donation, through sponsorship or through a grant of some kind, we would be very pleased to hear from you at the earliest opportunity.

We are aware that many substantial grants are offered on the basis of meeting very specific aims. Where possible, we will build the services offered in ways that will meet those aims, as long as doing so will not compromise the key principles and aims of The Glos Community Project.

Regrettably, we cannot accept support that would be allocated in support of any political agendas other than bringing back power to communities themselves, through the creation and development of Community Meetings.

If you would like to discuss your idea, please get in touch with Adam for a chat. 

Every penny counts and if you are supportive of what we are trying to achieve, but can only afford to make a small donation, we will appreciate and value your support just the same. Please find our Crowdfunder HERE.

About You | Social Entrepreneur

The most important thing about you won’t be anything to do with how creative, innovative or entrepreneurial you are or can be. These are all words that get misused and there are lots of people who genuinely believe myths such as being self-employed means that you are an entrepreneur.

The most important fact or truth about you will be that you are driven by helping others, by genuine social change (no matter how challenging that might appear to be) and that you have accepted that change of the kind that we all need will not come from anyone that most people are expecting it to come from.

I’m not keen on bullet points for something like this, so please treat the following as a framework only, and if there are things that resonate but you are not sure about anything else, please just get in touch and we can have a chat.

You Should

  • Be motivated by helping others
  • See everyone as an equal, no matter who or what society suggests that they are
  • Be open to learning new things
  • Be able to see everything objectively and be aware of how your feelings might influence this when and if anything leaves you emotionally ‘triggered’.
  • Think critically – no matter the situation
  • See a crisis as an opportunity
  • Able to work in the moment, without a plan or guide to help you
  • Be sure that you can see commitments and agreements through, even if you are not being watched or monitored
  • Have a genuine passion for the type of social business(es) that you are interested in and know that you will gain a sense of achievement from being successful within it.
  • Be open to learning and carrying out any of the jobs or tasks that will be required to make this business run and be successful
  • Be comfortable with talking to people, to journalists and anyone who has a genuine interest in what you are doing
  • Have experience working with different social groups, either professionally or voluntarily
  • Be aiming to earn a wage which relates only to the genuine cost of living at the time
  • Understand that volunteers are not paid employees and will only do their best for you, if they enjoy and see a benefit to them or what they believe in from doing whatever you ask them to do
  • Be happy to sign and keep to the terms of a Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA)

These Opportunities are unlikely to be for you if you:

  • Believe that someone else will solve all of society’s problems
  • Knowingly hold prejudices of any kind about other people
  • Are aiming to own your own commercial company or business
  • Are motivated only by the potential of what you could earn
  • Have any hang ups about doing any kind of job
  • Believe that you must be qualified to do anything
  • Make excuses or tell lies to cover up mistakes, problems or any issues that are outside of your control
  • Are already committed to any political or social agenda – no matter how good or beneficial you might consider it to be (This includes any political party, green or climate focused movements, groups with a spiritual ‘agenda’, ‘alt’ movements or anything that promotes ideologies built on ‘us vs them’ thinking at any level or of any kind.

Opportunities for Social Entrepreneurs in Gloucestershire

There are a number of different opportunities for people who would like to lead the development of a social business across Gloucestershire.

These will include:

  • Local News
  • Clothing Hire & Resale
  • Car and Bike Loan Hubs
  • Local Food Circuits
  • Allotments & Home Growing
  • Local Exchange Platforms
  • Local Currency
  • Homeless Hubs
  • Community Pubs
  • Community Brewing
  • Community Marketplace
  • Mend & Make Do Repair Centres
  • Community Meetings
  • Skills for Life Courses
  • Community Helpers
  • Farm Direct Cooperatives
  • Community Bakeries

Opportunities will be local community specific, with the aim that there will be at least one of every business type listed within walking distance of homes in suburban or town areas, or available and shared between no more than 4 to 6 villages in remote areas.

We will not seek to establish any new social business where a community-focused social business of the same kind, or offering a service of the same kind exists, unless it is being delivered as part of an Establishment agenda.

Opportunities for Volunteers in Gloucestershire

We are also looking for specialist project and management support

  • Web & Software Developers
  • Social Media Creation & Support
  • App Developers
  • Fundraisers
  • Citizen Journalists

Areas of Gloucestershire where you might be | The Glos Community Project

Forest of Dean

  • Coleford
  • Cinderford
  • Newent
  • Longhope & Mitcheldean
  • Newnham on Severn

Cotswold (South)

  • Cirencester
  • Tetbury
  • Northleach
  • Fairford
  • Lechlade

North Cotswold

  • Bourton on the Water
  • Stow on the Wold
  • Moreton in Marsh

Cheltenham

  • Town
  • Prestbury
  • Leckhampton
  • Hatherley

Tewkesbury (North)

  • Town
  • Winchcombe
  • Bishops Cleeve & Woodmancote

Tewkesbury (South)

  • Churchdown
  • Brockworth
  • Hucclecote
  • Highnam
  • Innsworth

Gloucester

  • City
  • Quedgeley
  • Longlevens
  • Barnwood
  • Tuffley

Stroud

  • Town
  • Stonehouse
  • Wotton under Edge
  • Dursley
  • Painswick
  • Berkeley & Sharpness

What you will need to provide | Social Entrepreneur

Your time and commitment are the most important requirement.

There is no requirement for you to pay any type of joining or membership fee as a The Glos Community Project Volunteer. You just need to be confident in what you are doing and be prepared to put your name on your project right from the moment you start.

Together we will build the platform that will be required to attract support and any necessary funding to get your social business started.

It is very easy for anyone considering going into business for the first time to believe that they have to buy everything new and have new everything. You don’t.

My aim is to minimalise the risk to everyone who joins The Glos Community Project in whatever role, and to build every new service and the organisation that supports it with the absolute minimum financial cost to those who get involved (i.e. you may need to pay for fuel to travel, use your phone etc.)

Local News

The news ‘industry’ has undergone a massive transformation within the past two decades.

The national news or mainstream media and regional news or what we once referred to as the ‘local papers’ – or what’s left of them all, are completely under the spell or influence of their owners, who pays them or both, and the only losers have been the general public and the people who read, watch or listen to anything that branded media companies produce.

Sadly, local news was one of the biggest casualties of the internet’s arrival, when the ‘cash cow that once was classified advertising’ dried up overnight, pushing the evening paper that everyone went to for everything online, with the outcome very quickly giving the lie to the idea that the local paper was actually about news.

Stories that are important about local life don’t get the coverage that they should do. And the absence of real-life stories from the next village or the school on the other side of the town have only served to fuel the idea that news in the mainstream is representative of real life, and that what comes from outside of our communities is the only news that there is.

Unfortunately, with most of the national or branded news, and much of the stories that come from well-known names and personalities online all being little better than opinion, people have very quickly lost touch with what real life really is.

We need to change this. And we need to make the news interesting to everyone again, without there being any kind of agenda at work.

The Opportunity to set up and contribute to new local community news platforms

We would like to set up news services in every local area, using all of the media options that are available to us to focus on all the stories that are genuine news, rather than being about what someone else wants us all to think.

Focusing on the opportunity to harness citizen journalism at its very best, I am looking for social media, tech and internet-savvy people with the ability to research and write genuine news stories objectively, and where commentary is required, to do so in ways that cover all relevant points of view.

The ability to edit other people’s work will be important, as one of the aims of these local news platforms will be to give people across our communities the opportunity to tell the stories they have that will help and inspire others.

If you are already visualising what you could do with this opportunity, it could very well be one for you.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • A short note explaining why local news provision is interesting to you, what your priorities would be if you were leading the development of this social business in your local area, and how you would get started.
  • Links to any examples of articles you have written or any media you have created that is available online.

Clothing Hire, Repair, Recycling & Resale

Everyone needs clothing. But fashion itself is one of the most obvious ‘wants’ that the age of consumerism has encouraged us to have, with very small differences existing between clothes carrying or not carrying a name, but that brand itself means that cost itself is one of the key issues when it comes to what clothes any one of us can have.

The media age creates the perceived need, whilst the banks and financiers now provide the credit that is building a time bomb of debt that only exists because of greed. Worse still, the real cost to our communities through the loss of jobs and to the planet from clothing being needlessly made thousands of miles away on the cheap, where working rules don’t exist and costs are cheap so that profit margins can be exponentially increased, really gives the lie to what globalism has really been about.

The more expensive the clothing, the less likely we are to regularly wear or even wear it. Recent data suggests that a significant percentage of new clothing is either never sold or never even worn.

Recycling clothing through apps such as Vinted is already becoming popular and clothing libraries are being tried in some places too. But we could do a lot more and with the long-term aim of returning sustainable clothing manufacture and production to the UK and our communities, we need to make good affordable clothing available to everyone for all occasions – and without the need for anyone to go into debt, whether they can afford it or not.

The opportunity to set up Clothing Libraries and Resale, Recycling and Repair hubs

We would like to set up Clothing hubs in all areas, leveraging the technology that is available, to make Recycling, Repair and Reuse of good clothing a part of normal life once again. 

Focusing on creating local stores that are accessible to all, whilst using apps and the internet to make services and sales available online, I am looking for entrepreneurial leaders with a passion for clothes and the drive to make thrifty wardrobes fashionable, to help create a service that will have the ability to help people from all backgrounds in a multitude of ways.

Ideally, you will already have the ability to mend repairable clothing and be comfortable using the existing resale apps and platforms as a start. However, this is certainly one of the social business models that could easily be developed not just by one community-focused individual, but perhaps a few.

If ideas are already flowing through your mind about how clothing libraries, clothing hire and clothing recycling and repair could work even better than what people already know, this could certainly be the opportunity that is reaching out to you.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help you to make a clothing hub in your area to thrive
  • Pictures or links to anything that you have done
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about the concept of Community Clothing Hubs and what you believe the priorities would be at the beginning and during the stages of the early roll-out.

Community Vehicle Lending Hubs | Car and Bike Loans

Sadly, because of the impractical and tyrannical way that Green Policy, Climate Change and ridiculous Policies such as Net Zero have been rolled out and are being adopted by local authorities through polices such as the switch to EPVs, ULEZ and 15 Minute Cities, the practical reality that we don’t need 4-car households and shouldn’t be wasting money that we cannot afford on journeys that we simply don’t need to make are being overlooked and are in danger of being passed by.

We don’t need cars that sit in car parks all day and on driveways or by the sides of roads during holidays, weekends and overnight. But we do need to have access to the most appropriate forms of transport for the journeys that we need to make, as and when we need to make them, and we need a localised system that makes this happen – and happen well, for us all.

The opportunity to set up Community Vehicle Lending Hubs

I am looking for people with an interest in cars, motorbikes, epvs and emerging transport technology to help create and build local vehicle lending hubs that make shared vehicle use both normal and respectable, and in a way that means consistent quality of experience for users, with the minimization of vehicle abuse.

Whilst experience in things like fleet management, repairs, vehicle hire and areas of work like that would clearly be very helpful, starting with a clean sheet and no experience of these areas is likely to be just as helpful, as we really do need to get this offering right to create the buy-in that we need from members of our communities from the start.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help you to make a Community Vehicle Lending Hub in your area to thrive
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about the concept of Community Vehicle Lending Hubs and what you believe the priorities would be that will encourage People to trust and rely on borrowing vehicles in your local area, rather than falling back on ones that they own

Community Public Transport

Yes, we already have a large number of community transport organisations and providers such as Dial-a-rides. However, many of these are now driven by and focused upon contracts and provision that has been identified by County Councils and Government Agencies in ways that make them subservient to the Establishment, creating the perception that they are just there for ‘old people’ or children with special educational needs.

On the other hand, the ‘public transport’ that we have, which includes both buses and trains, stopped being public in the genuine sense, the moment that the operating companies, transport providers, and infrastructure companies were privatised and became tools in profit-making hands.

Yes, they provide services that are accessible to the public. But they are not in any way focused on the need for genuine public transport to be universally accessible, and they never will be for as long as private shareholder interest and earnings or dividends being paid to owners remains involved.

In the absence of any will on the part of the Establishment to take back and maintain public transport services without the involvement of privately owned companies or the influence of unions who by holding any organisation to ransom are in effect doing exactly the same thing, we must work to create a Community Public Transport Service that begins by ensuring that transport provision exists within local communities where any services that can be provided by Community Vehicle Lending Hubs ends.

The opportunity to set up a Community Public Transport Hub in your area

The big focus for developing Community Public Transport Hubs is understanding local need, creativity and innovation when it comes to meeting that need, and a very open and positive approach to working with customers from within the local community, as well as being able to engage with and build good working relationships with the stakeholders who will be unavoidably involved.

Unlike the majority of the social entrepreneur roles and opportunities listed with The Glos Community Project, this one does require that those interested already have a Full, preferably clean Driving License which will ideally include minibus driving (up to 17 seats) – NOT for Hire or Reward.

There may also be a requirement for those running or contributing to the management of our Community Public Transport services to hold or qualify for a Certificate of Professional Competence (CPC) in bus service operations, and/or that they can apply for and hold a Private Hire License, which will require a basic DBS check and no previous driving disqualifications or other forms of conviction that will exclude them from applying to or being registered by the Licensing Department at the local District or Borough Council.

If you have any past convictions or problems with your driving license, you should be able to check the Licensing Policy for Private Hire & Hackney Taxi Licenses online. Please note that we will check every existing local policy before beginning work on any new hub.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help you to build a very successful Community Public Transport Service within your local community area
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about the concept of universal transport provision and Community Public Transport, and what you believe will be necessary for People to experience daily, so that the service genuinely works.

Food Supply

By far the most important areas of the social or community businesses that The Glos Community Project is aiming to focus on is the growing, harvesting, preparation, production and supply of basic or essential foods within the shortest and most reliable supply chains possible.

Sadly, we take for granted that food will always be available either online or at the local supermarket. Even though there were some minor shortages during the Covid Pandemic and some supplies of vegetables were temporarily out of stock or in reduced supply earlier in 2023, the reality is that none of us have yet experienced the shortages and changes to the food supply that are now almost certain to come in the months and years ahead.

Globalisation, centralization and the economics of big business have made our communities and the whole of the UK itself dependent upon the supply of basic and essential foods that we could easily grow ourselves. For the sake of somebody somewhere making bigger and bigger profits, whilst power has been taken further and further away from the people so that it can be concentrated in the hands of the few, we have been sold the lie that it’s better for all of us if food comes to us across whole continents, and that it’s also better for us and will make us all happier if it comes to us in increasingly processed or ultra processed forms.

Many don’t even  realize that we have become dependent on foods that are not in any way healthy for us, whilst our agricultural and growing sectors have themselves surrendered or given up the ability to grow and provide a range of food stuffs for local supply, whilst the politics of money and globalism have made farmers reliant upon incomes they have little or no influence over, whilst growing fewer and fewer things.

Farm shops are not a luxury or non-essential choice. But it serves the current economic model for us to see them that way

Many of us visit farm shops – where they are available, and do so with the belief that to do so is a luxury or a treat, because we can be fairly sure that whatever they sell to us will cost more than what we would pay for it at a supermarket – even though the levels of quality and the provenance are nowhere near being the same.

Farm shops and any retail business that sells locally made, perhaps organic, high-quality foods with the absolute minimum of processing involved seem expensive, because the way that most foods are mass produced and massively processed has made them that way. It is quite literally the economics of scale that not only appear to make food cheaper, but also guarantee that the marketplace is controlled by very few hands, and that the people involved make ridiculous profits from whatever they do.

Whilst we need affordable basic or essential foods more than ever, we do not need any part of the process that only appears to benefit us by lowering the purchase price, but then goes on to cost us in every other possible sense – including the increasing risks to our health and our lives.

If the whole of the UK Farming, Growing and Fishing Industries were reformed and restructured so that their priority and focus was always on local supply – through complete supply chains that are as local as it is possible for them to be, the price of all essential and basic foods of a much higher quality and standard would quickly come down and be accessible to everyone too.

Our Farmers are struggling because the Establishment is failing them too

One of the most regrettable parts of the Food Supply Question today is the reality that Farmers are already acutely aware that the self-sufficiency or food security of the whole of the UK is now at very high risk.

Sadly, although Farmers are some of the most creative, resourceful and entrepreneurial people you could ever meet or know, the Industry and its leaders like the National Farmers Union, is still very much committed to the misplaced belief that the Establishment will come to the rescue and provide the support they all want for whatever they currently envision as being the necessary change.

For those from the farming community who read this, it is time to realise, understand and accept that there are many different agendas at work within and beyond the Establishment, but none of them place a priority on anything like the traditional model of farming even in the way that we currently know or believe it to be.

Like so many other areas of business and life, we must now take a very practical approach and different view of food production, and continue to do so for as long as the current Establishment is able to maintain its hold.

We must bypass the Establishment food strategies and incentive plans, and point all farming and food producing businesses back to community focused production using up to date methodology and thinking, but in a very traditional, perhaps even shops-around-the-village-green kind of way.

On the current trajectory, more and more farmers will lose or have to give up farms, whilst communities will be pushed further and further away from being able to sustain themselves as we unnecessary lose more and more productive land.

Local Food Circuits

The Glos Community Project aims to work with farmers, and all locally aligned businesses to champion and recreate localised Community Food Chains that keep the growing, production, necessary processing and preparation, transport and supply of all basic and essential foods as local and as self-sufficient as possible, so that local communities can quite literally fend for themselves.

This is an ambitious task. Not least of all, because many will see the return of fully localised markets as a regressive or backwards step, simply because of the way that certain interests and the focus upon profit always being the key priority has conditioned them to think.

However, farmers, aligned business leaders and members of the wider community coming together to discuss a mutually beneficial strategy will quickly open up doors and a dialogue that very few would currently consider to be viable – but that is quickly going to make a massive amount of sense in what are very turbulent and changing times.

The Opportunity to Facilitate and Coordinate Farm Direct Cooperatives

I am actively looking for a number of social entrepreneurs who have the people skills, the ability and the motivation to knock on doors, open up and build new relationships with a range of very different people who are very worried about the future, but are at least initially likely to be very resistant to considering stepping away from the business model where the establishment makes all the rules and only they can offer any help.

You may be from the Farming or Rural Community or from outside of them. But you will have both fluency and understanding not only what farmers and growers have the ability to do, as well as what might be their needs, along with a very innovative and entrepreneurial view and understanding of what it is likely to take to get the right people, businesses and agencies together, to make robust local food supply chains work, so that the self-sufficiency and food security of local communities can be guaranteed.

It is very important to accept that the really exciting part of this social or community business platform will be just how much knowledge already exists within all of businesses that would gain from being involved and that the success of this part of The Glos Community Project will depend on getting everyone who could contribute and benefit from this, not only to open up and share their ideas, but to also commit to becoming actively involved.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help you to open doors within the farming community and with business leaders within the community who will all need to be inspired by the story that makes real the truth that there is another way.
  • A short overview of why you believe that Local Food Circuits will provide food security and what you believe the common USP will be that will engage, create buy-in and get everyone important on board

Allotments & Home Growing

Whilst farmers and the Grower community have the ability to change their working practices and to create and employ new infrastructure quickly, the industry wide change that will be needed may not happen as quickly as we might all like – once the need for this massive change really begins to hit home.

To help and support the creation, development and implementation of Local Food Circuits, there is a part that the majority of us can play in helping ourselves and contributing to the local community effort, if we are prepared to ‘Home Grow’ any foods that we can.

There are a range of ways that Home Growing from the smallest scale up to a level where you might be able to supply certain fruits or vegetables to your whole area could be possible, depending on what resources you already have access to. These might include a garden, a deep window sill, an allotment, or an area within your home where you could set up a hydroponics system.

Today, Home Growing is seen as being quirky or excentric by many. Yet it could be a very easy and quick way for everyone who is able, to ensure that they have ongoing or regular access to a source of the vital nutrition that everyone genuinely needs.

The opportunity to Facilitate and Coordinate Home Growing Hubs

To support Local Food Circuits and also feed into our new Community Marketplace, it is an aim of The Glos Community Project to support homeowners to utlise the space and resources that they have available for Home Growing, and to identify land and develop the availability of allotments so that Home Grown fruits or vegetables of one kind or another are available to everyone.

I am looking for social entrepreneurs who can either set up and run, or coordinate others to provide the following:

  • Purchase, sale and supply of gardening equipment
  • Purchase, sale and supply of hydroponics equipment
  • Rental, purchase, preparation and letting of allotments
  • Developing an online signposting service to quickly identify anything that will help
  • Work with our Skills for Life facilitators to provide online, classroom and one-to-one training

Like Farm Direct Facilitators and Coordinators, the ability and desire to collaborate with others who have knowledge and skills that will help is vital to the success of this role, as if having a very open mind and the ability to inspire people across the community to think about the meaning of self-sufficiency in a very different way.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help to demonstrate the kind of approach you would have to getting people to commit to and stay committed to Home Growing.
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about Home Growing and the role you see that it will play in providing food security at the most local level.

Building Local Economies

‘But we already have a local economy?’ I hear you think.

Yes, we do. But they are very much part of the national and international economy and the real question you might want to ask yourself is how does the economic system that we have really benefit or work for you?

Unless you are a) a billionaire b) a massive corporate shareholder c) playing the markets in some way or d) working for one or someone very similar to all of the above, the economic and monetary system that we have is not working for you or benefiting you in any way – whatever the common, constructed or urban myths tell you.

In my book Levelling Level, we discussed the certain reality that Money isn’t worth anything other than what any of us believe it to be. But that doesn’t stop a great many people who are otherwise probably very sensible from attributing great value to it and letting the accumulation and manipulation of it takeover their lives – all without even a second thought for the cost to everyone else.

Regrettably, the journey that the Establishment is now pushing us along toward the extinction of cash and the use of central digital bank currencies (CDBC) or government derived cryptocurrencies isn’t one that will end well for anyone whose interests aren’t closely aligned with whatever the narrative of the Establishment might be.

The immense power that will be held by people we will never meet, because they can see where every penny of our money has come from and how it is then spent is only surpassed in terms of the danger to our freedom to do whatever we legally want to, by the reality that just because they might disagree with something we have said or whatever we might believe in, they would have the power to switch our money off and prevent us from accessing it whenever they might like.

You only need to think about the political figures who are already having their banking facilities closed down and are being denied access to alternatives to see an illustration of how this will all work. It doesn’t matter whether you agree with their politics or not today, this type of action will become a growing threat to the entire population if the management of money remains in the hands of the Establishment – and that’s before we even get to the discussion about the damage a financial system where the Establishment can just create money as and when it feels like it is doing and has done to our lives already – before thinking about what absolute control and tracking of money will allow them to make it become.

Making money and currencies nothing more than a unit of exchange, once again

The value of money dictates everything today. And the value of money is in the hands of the establishment and very greedy and profit hungry people who have zero understanding and no care about the consequences that come from what they do, as long as the system continues to benefit them.

Whilst a return to the gold standard and pegged or anchored economies would be a sensible step, the reality is that the system is now so rotten and influenced by speculation and private interests that are on the make, that the governance that exists is unlikely to ever deliver a monetary or economic system that genuinely works in the best interest of us all.

We have no choice but to start the money system all over again.

People, their presence and their value and input into the economy is the method that should be the basis for all financial value, not how much anything and everything costs us, or when we possess it, it can then be considered to be worth.

Through The Glos Community Project, the long term aim will be to create a system of new, localised currencies that will be available in a cash equivalent and cryptocurrency or digital form, but will be administered locally and be geographically specific, with the national level currency only being used for transactions between areas or as the baseline that maintains a fixed value between what the basic unit of each currency is worth.

In the short term, the creation of local economies will be focused on allowing people to trade anything they want to, including their labour, their knowledge and their skills, in a way that will quickly become insulated against greed and stupidity driven forms of inflation that are quite literally on the verge of collapsing the existing financial system or ‘bringing down the bank’.

We have no choice but to go back to basics and reject a monetary system that is destroying lives whilst it manipulates all of us and abuses our trust.

Bartering and Fair Exchange

Nobody other than the individual themselves, should be able to define and police a system of values that can exclude or disenfranchise them, based on issues that are outside of their own influence.

With increasing numbers of people missing meals or being forced to make the conscious decision between what essentials they can or can no longer afford, the return to a system where everything can be traded openly and fairly has never been needed by so many as it is right now.

The Glos Community Project is  focusing upon bartering and exchange of new and used goods, basic and essential foods and the services that People genuinely need so that anything and everything that any person has or is able to legally able to offer for sale or for exchange can be traded for something that they need, or for a monetary or currency value that is based solely on what the trading parties agree that the specific item or offering is worth.

Community Marketplaces & Local Exchanges

The New Local Economy is built around Local Exchanges, where all goods and services are available and accessible to all, whether they are provided by a business or an individual.

Membership is open to everyone from within the area of the community and trading is available both at a Local Exchange Hub and online with any costs being covered by a membership and/or access fee on a not-for-profit basis.

Local Currency

The ultimate aim is that each local community will have its own currency that will be available in both a cash equivalent and digital or cryptocurrency form.

The local currency will be fixed in value so that outside influences are then unable to profit from trading the currency or damage the stability of the Local Economy by either crashing or over inflating the total value of the money that is in circulation, held by any person or business and in use.

Local currencies will be the normal method of exchange within the community, but will be interchangeable with the national currency.

The only circumstances where the value of the currency will be negotiable would be within the circumstances of essential international trade

Building The Community Marketplace

Increasing numbers of People are unable to afford to buy the basic food, essential goods and services that they need, just to remain healthy, safe and secure.

Communities must take the steps necessary to help everyone who needs to turn the food they grow, the goods they make or no longer want, or the spare time that they have into whatever they need most, without middle men or profit-making businesses inflating the costs of anything and everything they touch.

The Glos Community Project is building a Community Marketplace that will pivot around a Local Exchange that is both physical and online, and will be supported by a fixed value local currency that will be available in both cash and digital forms.

The opportunity to Facilitate and Coordinate the Community Marketplace

I am looking for social entrepreneurs who already have a good practical understanding of the real economy, as well as the basic theories that underpin both classical and neoclassical economics in the sense that they relate to how the world works today.

However, that in itself is not enough. Being visionary in your outlook, you must be able to look beyond a world where money is the common factor in everything, and replace it with a much happier and healthier one where people and humanity are the common factor instead.

Stepping through and navigating between the world as most people see it today, and how it’s going to be, you will become a key collaborator, helping to develop the Community Marketplace person by person and business by business, as we complete the design and planning of the Local Exchanges and Currencies that will provide the necessary infrastructure, and then roll the whole system out.

Able to work as easily with the abstract as well as the practical, whilst making allowances for how others may not easily be able to do the same, any knowledge of cryptocurrencies, software and app design as well as existing trading and auction sites online will all be a great help.

Above all, like all the roles working with others within The Glos Community Project, it’s the relationship with people and understanding how others think and what influences them to do so that will help you most of all.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help show your fluency in economics and money management,
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about Community Marketplaces whilst demonstrating that you not only grasp but are fully committed to the principle of building community tools that put People First too.

Mend & Make Do | Repair Centres

Recycle, Reuse, Repair, Restore, Refurbish, Reclaim, Revitalise are all words that our current throw-away culture has taught us to look down on, unless you are either trying to make some kind of statement about your values, or you already have no choice but to recognise the value that remains within all sorts of goods that we use every day, but would otherwise just replace.

Those who still have the luxury of being able to afford and access goods that in many cases have deliberately been created with planned obsolescence or the ongoing need for them to be replaced in mind, rarely consider the reality that the option of recycling, reusing and repairing exists. Yet beyond the waste of money that every new purchase that could have been avoided really is, these are too often the same people that tell us they are the champions of green and ethical issues that run completely contrary to the profit driven exploitation and overuse of natural resources that their buying habits have legitimized, and that the greater percentage of all purchases made today are for goods that they want, but don’t actually need.

Theres nothing wrong with making maximum use of everything that we need. Ultimately, we must embrace a new view of standards for all goods so that quality will ensure longevity, and ongoing reuse, so that industry only delivers the goods that we need them too, and returns to both a size, standard and locality that works for our communities and our country as it should.

The Glos Community Project aims to promote the Make Do and Mend or Mend and Make do mindset, that successfully got British People through the very challenging period that surrounded the Second World War, but also demonstrated that there is nothing wrong with making the best of everything that we have – and that the problems only arise when narratives change or the messages that are shared publicly suggest that this isn’t a healthy way to think.

We want anyone and everyone who has goods, clothes or equipment that they have previously thrown away to start thinking again, and to start thinking recycle, repair, reuse, even if they don’t need them for their own use and then sell or exchange them, so that those items can then make someone else happy elsewhere.

The Opportunity to Coordinate and facilitate Local Repair & Refurbishment Hubs

These are roles that will work closely with the Facilitators & Coordinators of our Local Market Exchanges and Clothing Libraries and depending upon the skills and background of the applicant, they could oversee the development and management of both.

For stand-alone operations, I am looking for socially entrepreneurial people who have a background as a professional, voluntarily or even as a hobby, in repairing furniture, bikes, electrical goods and general household items to a very high standard – and to meet legislative requirements where necessary.

Repair Hubs are likely to run better with a number of people pooling their different skills and experience together, and it is therefore likely that applicants can expect to be collaborating with others very closely, from very early on.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that makes clear any technical training, experience and time served that you have.
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about being a champion of ‘Make Do and Mend’ thinking, and how making a social business out of the processes involved is a very exciting prospect for you.

Skills for Life Courses

Regrettably, education has lost sight of the relationship between being able to live a good, healthy and self-sufficient life, and what political and academic idealism currently dictates that it should be.

The problems that many people face throughout their lifetimes, just because a one-size-fits-all model has been imposed on a significant part of the population that either has a very different learning style, or for reasons outside of conscious control aren’t engaged with schooling in the way they are currently expected, do not fit a modern society that champions equality in all things.

In the longer term, the consequences of not having an education system that genuinely respects the reality that all young people of school age are generally either heads or hands, will be addressed by forms of government that actually do what public representation says it will on the box.

Until then we need to create new ways to help not only young people, but people of all ages to learn skills for life that the education system failed to give them, or doesn’t even offer any of us as standard anyway.

Life skills are predominantly practical or about the way that we perceive the world or think about it. So, unless the objectivity of academically trained or qualified teachers is clearly demonstrated, using ‘teachers’ to ‘teach’ anyone these skills or guide them to achieve this kind of understanding isn’t likely to be the best way.

The Glos Community Project aims to create an experientially led syllabus of skills and ideas that can be accessed and delivered locally within the community, by people from that community who genuinely have things that will be of use to others to share.

Courses are planned and will include:

  • Politics and how Politics and Government works
  • Basic Economics and how the current economy works
  • Critical Thinking and the dangers of Groupthink
  • Living without being influenced by AI
  • Surviving Social Media
  • Growing your own Food
  • Planning your own work-from-home business
  • Spiritual & Religious Independence

The Opportunity to Coordinate and Facilitate Community Skills for Life Hubs

I am looking for socially entrepreneurial people who have an understanding of education, but also see the value in providing learning opportunities in a more tailored form.

Openly bypassing the Establishment education offering for young people and adults of all ages and abilities, you will be able to speak credibly and create learning tools that are objective and give an accurate view of the areas you specialise in.

Where necessary, you will have a technical understanding that can be demonstrated by qualifications, by experience or both. But whatever background you have, you will be committed to The Glos Community Project principles of freedom of the person and freedom of thought.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that makes clear you have skills and experience that will be of great value to others when shared (If  you’ve read this far and sharing your learning with others is what interests you, please don’t be put off if this question makes you feel like you might not be qualified. Just tell me what you thought of when the question came to you ‘what can you share?’

Other Opportunities

If you don’t feel able or wouldn’t have the time to take on a facilitation or coordination role, we are also seeking people from all backgrounds to share their experience with others.

The list of planned Course above is also by no means exhaustive. So, if you have recognised the need for some kind of training that can be shared and will be genuinely beneficial for everyone within your community – without any kind of aim to influence the way that they think in some way, please get in touch.

Other Project Services The Glos Community Project is working on

As you will already realise, having read this far, we are very motivated by the prospect of what people within our communities coming together have the power to deliver and to do.

We have lots of ideas that we would like to consider, discuss and flesh out with the input of anyone and everyone who feels they can bring useful ideas, knowledge and understanding to the table, so that we can go on to achieve all the things that we would like to.

The list below only represents what we are going to begin looking more carefully at next.

If you have ideas about any of these, or are already considering or working on a social enterprise or charity project in Gloucestershire that sounds like it might overlap with any of these in some way, please get in touch and lets have a chat about how we might be able to help or collaborate so that together, we can achieve our mutual aims.

  • Community Helpers
  • Homeless Hubs
  • Community Pubs
  • Community Brewing
  • Community Supermarket
  • Community Bakery

And there will be more…

Community Meetings | Building a Real Democracy

Politics is the subject that we love to hate and we hate politics for all of the reasons that have made the way that politics is being done across the UK so very wrong.

Whilst it has not been publicly recognised, a very different way of doing politics in the UK exists right now, that has the ability to deliver very different outcomes for us all – just by working together from within our communities, to ensure that when elections are called, we have proper community representatives on the ballot paper, rather than someone or some organisations self-interested choice.

For those who want to see real political change and for us to have public representatives who actually represent the public, once they have been elected, there are opportunities across every community to set up and facilitate Community Meetings where communities can select and appoint candidates for all elections, who are qualified and endorsed as the community choice.

The whole process is covered in my recent book Officially NONE OF THE ABOVE, which is available as a book for Kindle on Amazon, or can be read without cost if you would like to visit my Blog, HERE.

I will be very happy to offer the same kind of help and support to anyone who has read through the whole book and feels that the process tabled is one that they can commit to and follow.

Please get in touch, if you would like to discuss the book and the opportunity to collaborate on this very exciting community building project.

How we will create and develop each social enterprise

The really exciting part for anyone joining The Glos Community Project as a social entrepreneur, is we will step off and into this journey in the same way that you would have to alone, if you were about to set up a business of your own from scratch.

The difference is that I will be there as a mentor, advisor, sounding board and strategic guide to help in every possible way.

Yes, there are many different things that we will need to look at very closely and consider. But we will go through the process of researching and writing the business plan that your specific local community will need and this will be there to help us as we get to work and build the relationships that we need to, as well as being a formal document, presentation and application tool for us to use in gaining any specific kinds of support such as grants and licenses that might be needed, to make sure that everything will work as it should, and that everything is done the right way from the start.

You will be required to play a significant part in this process and you must be ready to apply a very open mind to every experience that creating a new business in these circumstances is likely to throw your way.

This is a prospect that should excite you, rather than intimidate you. Getting it right will be fantastic for you and as the ideas and the effort that you contribute begin to make this new social business take shape, the only thing that will feel better than recognising your own success and the outcome from the work you have done, will be seeing the benefits to so many others make a difference to other People’s lives.

Aims

Immediate Aim 1

To address poverty and the growing shortages of basic essentials with practical solutions delivered for the community by members of the community

Immediate Aim 2

To counter the narrative that only the Establishment can help and overcome learned helplessness by demonstrating that the help we need will come from us ourselves

Immediate Aim 3

To begin the process of creating New Local Economies, championing self-sufficiency, food security and the relocalisation of all supply chains that meet the basic and essential needs of life

Immediate Aim 4

To engage everyone in the process of taking back political decision making from centralised government, focusing the centre of power to the most localised and people-centric form

Principles

Local buy, Local supply

No speculation, agents or middle men

People First

Money or Currency is a unit of exchange and doesn’t vary in value

Technology is there to support roles, not to replace them

Just because we can, doesn’t mean we should

The lowest paid should be able to support themselves fully and provide all the basic essentials for life that they need on the equivalent of the basic or minimum weekly wage, without going into debt or requiring third party support of any kind.

Power must be as local to the people and the community in which they live and contribute as much as possible

Collaborate and make it even better

If any part of all of The Glos Community Project proposal is ringing bells or making sense to you and you can see a way we can improve on what you can see, or extend into a service offering that you are currently unable to see, please get in touch and share your thoughts.

We are not precious about the offer we are making. It’s a beginning and certainly not the end. So, by the time we are really off and running and in the business of delivering real change, we appreciate and value the input that will inevitably come from many different people and sources.

You really don’t have to join as a social entrepreneur or volunteer a specific set of skills to be able to help. The only thing we will insist on is that you really can live by and embrace the approach that whoever we are and wherever we are from, we are all 100% in this together, and that any advice, support or direction is given freely and without any form of direction or conditions attached.

Can we help you with a project that has similar aims?

If you are already working on a project serving your community that is aligned with The Glos Community Project offering in any way, we would be very happy to consider supporting you and collaborating with you wherever you are.

Regrettably, we cannot support projects or work where specific agendas or political motives are involved – no matter how good or harmless you may consider them to be.

More Reading

An Economy for the Common Good and The Glos Community Project were not written in isolation and are part of a series of books that I began writing about three years ago in early 2022.

Each of the following list of Books is a variation on a theme, but works very much under the principle that it is not only possible but actually healthy to be able to understand, value and even hold different views or perspectives of the same situation or set of circumstances at the same time, whether that be in the Past, Present or Future tense.

Equally, it is also important to be able to consider different pathways for the future that sit beyond what many consider to be the obvious, simply because the obvious itself is usually inextricably linked with what has already been done and what sits in the past.

All of the following titles are available to purchase as complete eBooks for Kindle from Amazon using the links provided.

Where indicated, titles may also be available to download FREE as PDF Copies from my Blogsite in different forms, using the links provided.

If you would like to discuss any of the works listed, please get in touch.

Levelling Level (30 Mar 2022)

Amazon

From Here to There Through Now (3 Oct 2022)

Amazon

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government (3 Dec 2022)

Amazon

A Community Route (28 Mar 2023)

Amazon

The Grassroots Manifesto (18 Apr 2023)

Amazon

Officially None of the Above (18 May 2023)

Amazon

Actions Speak Louder than Digital Words (8 Jun 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

One Rule Changes Everything (23 Dec 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Food From Farms Guaranteed (3G) (15 Feb 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Days of Ends and New Beginnings (7 Apr 2024)

Amazon

The Basic Living Standard (14 Apr 2024)

Amazon

Our Local Future (18 Aug 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Who Controls Our Food Controls Our Future (14 Nov 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow (11 Jan 2025)

Amazon

Manifesto for a Good Dictator (26 Jan 2025)

Amazon

Back Page

When we hear the word ‘economics’ or ‘economy’, what does it make us think?

Money, business, growth, commerce, profit, wealth, trade are all likely to be terms that will spring to mind.

But what if the way we think about economics and what an economy or the economy really are is completely wrong?

What if a genuine economy were not about money or any type of material gain and instead had people, community, the environment, living good happy lives and the common good at its heart?

An Economy for the Common Good opens the door to thinking differently about the role of money, finance and economics in our lives and provides examples of the steps that we could take at any time to begin the creation of a new localised economic system that will lead to us all having much better experiences of everything in our lives.

To download a FREE to read PDF copy of An Economy for the Common Good, please follow the link immediately below. If you would like to download a copy for Kindle for the price of £1.99 (UK – correct at time of publication), please follow the link to Amazon at the bottom.

Is Poverty invisible to those who don’t experience it? | Full Text

Introduction

In the Autumn of 2023, I embarked on a new adventure into higher education, driven by my building concern around Food Security issues and the certain reality that the UK is running the increasing risk of suddenly finding itself without sufficient food supplies for all of us to eat.

The journey that had taken me to a Postgraduate Course at the Royal Agricultural University in Cirencester at the age of 50 had been a long one. I very quickly began to feel as if I was meeting all of my accumulated experience head-on, quite literally by coming at it from the other direction. Or in what is the academic, abstract or theory-based way, as opposed to the predominantly experiential route my life has typically taken me before.

It was a mixed blessing. And whilst my concern that academia looks backwards to try and work out solutions for the future may have grown, I also experienced thinking of a kind which although restrained by the machinations of the UK’s current higher education environment, certainly helped me close that circle and helped me to view the difficult periods of my own story as one that I can fully appreciate and own.

One Module of my Course of Study was being trialed in a different way. The Course Tutors invited students to undertake what might be called a mini dissertation. Doing research on the real-life implications of poverty, with the suggestion that we might relate this research to our own life experience in some way.

With the childhood experience of being in poverty, it was not many moments before the opportunity to share something deep that might benefit others was flashing across my internal thought screen. And I was very happy to embrace the project with the aim of giving it everything that I have got.

The following pages represent the completion and submission of that work.

My final Report has been reprinted with only the details that could easily identify the personal information of those taking part removed.

The main body of the work has been adapted to form an e-book published on Amazon in June 2024 and has been reset with some very minor editing for the purpose of making this PDF available as a download from my Blog www.adamtugwell.blog in late 2024, and now as a full text version online in 2025.

I have shared this content, as the work has been assessed, marked and forms part of the Postgraduate Certificate in Sustainable Agriculture and Food Security that I was awarded by the RAU in 2024.

After filming and publishing a video about Poverty in the UK which leaned heavily upon what I have learned and not least of all the understanding that You have to experience or be touched by Poverty to understand it, I have concluded that its relative popularity suggests that it will be helpful and of benefit to others if I were to publish the original (academic) work in different formats.

Poverty IS a problem that CAN be solved. It is a blight on UK society that simply shouldn’t exist. However, Poverty and our inadvertent acceptance of it is also symptomatic of the greater ills that we have to face, but which those so far untouched by Poverty are happy to avoid. Because to many, Poverty is something that happens only to other people, who are someplace else.

Thank you for reading and giving thought to what the realities of Poverty today really are.

Adam Tugwell

February 2025, Cheltenham. UK

The Structure of this Booklet

In as much as it can be, the content of this e-book reflects the structure of the academic submission that I made to the RAU in December 2023, as a requirement of my Postgraduate Course.

The process followed should be self-explanatory through Parts 1 – 3 of this Booklet.

Parts 1 – 3 are then followed by the Reference List and the 1st Appendix, which includes the list of questions that I asked as part of the research project you are about to read.

The References used include academic standard sources and it is possible that some of these may not be accessible to readers who are not currently studying or working within the UK Higher Education system, without paying a fee.

Where this is the case, and you would like to consider the wider work offered by those sources, it is likely that a full Internet search will identify alternative pathways and/or sources.

I make no apology for the ‘grey’ information referencing, such as links to pictures of mail-order catalogues and other such materials. I believe these can only be of help to someone reading about the 70’s and 80’s as a child in Poverty, without their own experience of it, attempting to picture the being there and ‘living it’ for the very first time.

AT

Part 1: How we perceive Poverty in the UK

Despite the heavily publicised cost of living crisis and 14.4 Million People in the UK living in Poverty in 2021/22 (HoC Library, April 2023), the perception that ‘poverty is something that happens to someone else’ remains prevalent.

Poverty is neither new nor a temporary phenomenon. William Beveridge’s 1942 Report suggesting ways the Government should rebuild after World War II identified Poverty as a major issue. Albeit one identified as consisting of five ‘Giant Evils’, namely ‘Want, Disease, Ignorance, Squalor and Idleness’ (BBC, 2014) which are unrecognisable in the language of today.  

However, Poverty has been recorded as a social problem since at least the 18th century (King, 2000), with the first notable legislation relating to Poverty being The Henrican Poor Law of 1536. (JSTOR)

It was the early 19th century before recognition of the need for considered legislation (UK Parliament), when work was undertaken to ensure that poor families received a basic education (Adamson).

Despite documented history, contemporary thinking suggests denial of genuine poverty. MP and Deputy Chairman of The Conservative Party Lee Anderson recently referring to ‘poverty nonsense’, stating that ‘real poverty’ was something that existed in the 1970’s. (Independent, Oct 2023)

From theories underpinning Malthusianism, where the first documented attempts were made to explain the mechanics of Poverty (Harvey & Read, 1992) to current exponential growth of Foodbanks reaching a total of 2,572 across the UK (HoC Library, Oct 2023), there is a disconnect between evidence of Poverty and the perception of what Poverty is.

My own experience of Poverty

I grew up in a one parent family, without a dad until I was a teenager. My parents separated when I was 7 months old and I was 6 when my mother secured a 3 bed ‘council house’ so my brother and I could have rooms of our own.

This was before the Child Support Agency and my father never paid any form of maintenance. My mother, brother and I were dependent upon ‘Social Security’ and ‘Family Allowance’, collected weekly, when mum walked to the Post Office to ‘cash’ a ‘Giro’, before the ritual of immediately buying whatever we were out of, or replacing anything broken that couldn’t be secured in another way such as paying a small amount weekly using the Gratton catalogue (Vintage Catalogues).

Although conscious that money was ridiculously tight, I never felt like I was going without. I didn’t miss the things other people had. Because they were things that I’d never had.

We received free school meals, had free school milk (Eastern Daily Press, Jan 2006), regular School Uniform Vouchers and I recall an emergency grant from the DHSS so that I had a proper mattress to sleep on. Hand-me-down clothes were often as cherished as I feel now about something new.

The signs of parental struggle were hidden from view, until either a distant family member had to step in financially, whilst charging a heavy emotional price, or I became aware of the abnormality of what I considered normal, like getting myself up, ready and walking the mile to my junior school, because one of the ways mum coped was to stay in bed.

The day the electricity coin meter was removed was one of celebration. I knew there was no more risk of being sent out late on a cold night to knock on doors or ride my bike to the garage to change a note for some coins.

I’ve heard it said “Privilege is invisible to those who have it” (TED, 2015). And in the context of my own life, I question, ‘Is poverty invisible to those who do not experience it?’

Considering poverty in the UK today

I believe everything to be relative to the life experience each of us has.

From this perspective and the limitations of time and scope to complete this project, I felt the most effective way to compare my experiences with the realities of poverty in the UK today, was to speak to a professional dealing with Poverty daily. Someone who could provide an objective, first-hand view of what people in poverty are experiencing, as opposed to today’s ‘accepted’ view.

Although I recall a Christmas Food Parcel from the local Church as a child, there was no regular access to Foodbanks, which have only become prevalent in the past 15 years. (HoC, Oct 2023).

Foodbanks are the obvious change in Poverty since I was a child, and I concluded this would be the ideal focus for my research.

Part 2: My Interview at a Gloucestershire Foodbank

Overview of the Foodbank

The Gloucestershire Foodbank [GFB] is housed and governed by a local Church. GFB runs as a separate organisation under the Trussell Trust umbrella, using their referral pathways and quality frameworks.

GFB operates three sites of its own within a Gloucestershire Town area, with the Salvation Army operating a linked site in the Town.

Discovery (Questions asked, Please See Appendix 1)

I asked Interviewee A (IA), for an overview of their role and what the Foodbank does. (Q1)

IA said the “Principle is that its people who are in food crisis and needing immediate support with food.” GFBs work is about “Crisis support, rather than ongoing. However, what used to be a crisis is harder to get out of, so we see people more regularly than we used to.” (Q2)

We provide an immediate food parcel that will support people for a minimum of three days and we also have Citizens Advice workers on site to provide ongoing support as well.” (IA, Q2)

The presence of Citizens Advice (CAB) on site was a surprise. CAB have been providing support for the past year and GFB would no longer continue without it. (Q2)

I then focused on the use of GFB (Questions 5 – 20). 2022/23 had been GFB’s busiest year ever with a 40% upsurge in use. Numbers had already exceeded the Covid peak (which had been the previous peak) (Q6)

Whilst the largest demographic of users are single males “Because they rarely qualify for anything else.” (IA, Q16), the most significant change in user numbers in the previous year had been a 95% increase in the number of Pensioners using GFB. (Q16)

The reasoning given by IA for the rise in numbers was “Things cost more. Basic stuff has increased hugely”. “People have seen their rents go up by at least a couple of hundred [Pounds].” “You get ‘no reason evictions’, because they [Landlords] want to put the rents up.” (IA, Q7). They then added, “There’s an increasing issue with debt, [it] exacerbates the issue further.”

The growth in the number of GFB users came primarily from the existing demographic, areas around the Town with significant social housing numbers. However, there had been an “Increase in referrals from everywhere, from people who are working and not working.” (IA, Q8) It was also notable that 10% of GFB users are working, with this number increasing. (Q8).

We moved to qualitative and experiential issues for GFB users. IA listed challenges with rent, challenges with benefits and sanctions (Q9). Debt repayment within the benefit system “Takes people over the edge with what they can manage.” (IA, Q9)

IA added, “It’s been really interesting with Citizens Advice [working on site]. They say, ‘If you work with people, you can get almost anyone out of that crisis point’. Because usually there was an [identifiable] cause of it. But there isn’t always now. Sometimes there just isn’t enough money to cover everything.” (IA, Q9)

Relating the perceptions of Poverty in the media, I asked about users abusing GFB. It was clear that whilst there is a small amount of abuse, this was attributable to people, where “Their survival technique is to work the system.” IA later added, “I don’t think for many people it would be, ‘This is the way I want to live’”. (IA, Q10).

Asked about the typical experiences of GFB users, IA was clear that those suffering food poverty would also be suffering fuel poverty [energy poverty] too, and that there are simple realities at work such as being unable to cook food without electricity or gas. (Q13)

Attempting to understand how IA perceived the view of the public, IA felt that there is a lot more public awareness than there used to be, and that lots of people really do care. (Q19).

When asked if they felt Politicians [and government] understood the need for Foodbanks, IA said “If you’ve never experienced life like that, it’s very difficult to know what it’s like to live hand to mouth, in that place of crisis.” IA then added, “The minute you are removed from the ground, it becomes theoretical.” (IA, Q18)

IA suggested the perception society has of food Poverty and the use of Foodbanks is key to any solution. IA was considerate of how the system [government] works, and felt that working with other organisations was key. IA said “If we work together, there’s a lot more hope than if people come through between different agencies.” (IA, Q17)

Foodbank users are apprehensive, feel shame, have a sense of failure and benefit from experiencing a ‘safe space’. (Q20). Foodbanks are most effective when they “Make people feel like they matter”. (IA, Q20)

Part 3: What I found – A critical review of the research, reflection and reporting process

My experience of this project was sobering. Although I lived with Poverty growing up, that experience was quickly put in the context of how a child in Poverty might feel today.

The role of cultural expectations, media advertising and the disproportionate influence of pester power on parents navigating Poverty was brought into sharp focus when IA said, “The one thing they [parents] don’t want is for their child to feel excluded again.” (Q14)

The comment took me to the experience of a schoolfriends visit to our home and being ridiculed the following week because we had a black and white TV [when it was ‘normal’ to have colour]. In no time at all, my mum did a deal with the TV repair man and bought an old colour ‘set’. One that had probably been condemned.

Whilst “The expectations of life have changed.” (Q14), it was clear the commonality in the experience of the effects of poverty, or what being in poverty feels like, are very much the same now, as when I was a child. Particularly as IA’s view of poverty was “It leaves people in a continual state of crisis, because even if there is money coming in, you are never quite sure there’s going to be enough. You are never able to have peace about the situation, so there is always that anxiety”. (IA, Q11).

I was right there, feeling Poverty, as a child. But when IA shared “If you want to move people into work, they need to be able to work; not just survive.” (Q15), I was able to relate a range of more recent life experiences too.

Is anything really different about the way we look at Poverty now?

The recognition of Poverty as a social problem from the 19th century onwards has encouraged growth in academic thinking and commentary.

Highly valued work such as Rawls ‘Veil of Ignorance’ (JSTOR, 1999) help identify that society lacks basic Poverty awareness, and that the solution will require people to think differently.

However, whilst highly regarded commentators like Daniel Chandler (Free & Equal, 2023) consider Rawls work to be groundbreaking, the use of changing perspective as a tool to instigate fairness through behaviour modification is not new. It is documented as the principle of ‘Divide and Choose’, and has references in Genesis, Chapter 13 and 1 Kings, Chapter 3. (King James Bible).

So, whilst such solutions may be ‘new’, they may only be original in so far as context or the subjectivity of the viewer is concerned.

The importance or relevance of context in understanding Poverty

It is striking that technical understanding or acknowledgement of Poverty is present throughout history, both anecdotally and documented form. Yet Poverty continues to exist.

Historically we had Workhouses and Paupers. As a child, we had ‘Social Security’, ‘Family Allowance’, Council Houses and Black, and White TV’s. Today we have Universal Benefit, Benefits sanctions, Social Housing and Xboxes.

The tools Poverty uses to touch lives are forever changing. But the impact of Poverty remains the same.

The lived experience of Poverty reflects the time and how the world around us operates.

The tools Poverty inflicts harm with can be so different, that a different language is required to fully elucidate and contextualise the lived experience of Poverty at that moment in time.

Yet knowing only this may prevent translation of the message about Poverty, that everyone needs to hear.

The experience of visiting GFB and reflecting on what I learned made clear that when an individual is not experiencing the specifics of Poverty, in that moment, even when that individual has first-hand past experience of living in poverty and arguably therefore has the ability to relate to it very well, they can and will view Poverty in a mechanical way. Rather than the emotional way that is only possible for those enduring the lived experience at that time.

I agree with IA, that “The minute you are removed from the ground, it becomes theoretical.” (IA, Q18)

Rreflections on Poverty in the UK today

I have become aware that:

  1. The technical existence of Poverty is widely accepted, but its impact and reach is not.
  2. The interpretation of Poverty is relative to the understanding of the viewer or those experiencing it.
  3. Poverty is itself is highly subjective and constantly evolving.
  4. Because the universal acceptance of Poverty is technical, no official effort is made to understand what lived experience of Poverty really is, leading to public policy solutions that make the subjective or experiential nature of Poverty considerably worse.
  5. Poverty requires a permanent solution that is objective and universal, that fully considers the subjective elements that make lived experience of Poverty real.

Whilst models for modifying collective and individual behaviour to create change exist, (Fishbein and Ajzen, 1975), it is clear the need for change must be accepted before change is possible.

Regrettably, the historic tolerance of Poverty indicates an ongoing resistance to that change.

Within the current system, paradigm or ‘the way the world works’, self-interest is an embedded value. The relationship with the value of money is prevalent in everything. Whether conscious or not, the mindset is for some to be rich; others must be poor.

It is also notable that academic work and commentary considered helpful by identifying alternative approaches, economic models, and the use of tools such as Universal Basic Income may also hinder progress. It has become common for solutions tabled on the basis of instigating voluntary change at a universal level, when that change can only create a difference within the restrictions of the existing paradigm and how today’s world and economic system works.

Ending Poverty is possible. But the need to do so is not widely accepted.

The level of change necessary to end Poverty at the objective level, rather than merely seeking to alleviate Poverty at the current technical level is one that must be appreciated objectively through a process of valuing it at the subjective and experiential level too.

The proponents of that change must be fully accepting of the universal consequences of that change.

The journey to end Poverty for everyone begins with the question of how we make the consequences of lived experience of Poverty something that everyone understands.

In Conclusion

On the basis of life experience and what I have learned about Poverty in the UK today, I conclude that the true impact of Poverty IS invisible to those who don’t experience it.

 

References:

The Beveridge Report, National Archives, 1942

A brief history of the Poverty Line, Adamson

Cheltenham Foodbank (Website)

Elim Church, Cheltenham (Website)

Foodbanks in the UK, Research Briefing, House of Commons Library, Oct 2023

Free and Equal, Chandler, 2023 (Book)

The History of school milk schemes, Eastern Daily Press, Jan 2006

Households Below Average Income: an analysis of the UK income distribution: FYE 1995 to FYE 2022, DWP, August 2023

The King James Bible (King James Version)

Lee Anderson plays down ‘poverty nonsense’, saying 1970s was ‘real poverty’, The Independent, 3 October 2023

Measuring Child Poverty, UNICEF, Innocenti Research Centre, Report Card 10, 2012

The Origins of Modern Social Legislation: The Henrican Poor Law of 1536, Kunze, JSTOR, 1971

Paradigms of Poverty: A Critical Assessment of Contemporary Perspectives, Pg5, Harvey & Read, JSTOR, 1992

Poverty and The Poor Law, UK Parliament

Poverty and Welfare in England 1700 -1850, A Regional Perspective, King, 2000

Poverty in the UK: Statistics, House of Commons Library, April 2023

A Theory of Justice: Revised Edition, Rawls, JSTOR, 1999

The Theory Of Reasoned Action, Fishbein And Ajzen, 1975

Vintage Catalogues, Gratton (Website)

Why Gender Equality is Good for Everyone – men included, Kimmel, TED, 2015

William Beveridge 1879 -1963, BBC History, 2014

Appendix: My Questions

  1. Please could you just confirm your name, role and that you are happy for this interview to be recorded?
  2. Please could you talk me through what you do here and how the Cheltenham Foodbank works?
  3. Why was the Cheltenham Foodbank established and what were the initial aims that were set out to achieve?
  4. Are the aims of the Cheltenham Foodbank any different now?
  5. How many people are you helping each week?
  6. Have you experienced any changes in numbers of users?
  7. What factors do you consider to have influenced the change in numbers of users?
  8. Where do your foodbank users come from?
  9. What are the typical experiences that your foodbank users are having?
  10. Do you believe that Foodbanks are being abused?
  11. How would you describe poverty today?
  12. Is it possible to measure poverty and if so, how?
  13. What do you consider to be the most common factors amongst people experiencing food poverty?
  14. Do you think that poverty in general has changed?
  15. Does the benefit system genuinely support poor and vulnerable people?
  16. What kind of people are seeing at the foodbank regularly?
  17. What could be done to remove the need for Foodbanks?
  18. Do you think politicians understand the need for Foodbanks?
  19. Do you think the wider public understand the need for Foodbanks?
  20. What are the impacts of the experience of using a foodbank on users?

Is your truth the truth, or just a small part of a much bigger truth that looks so different it doesn’t resemble your truth or beliefs at all?

Yes, I’ve been writing again! 😊 Those of you who know me will be aware that I’ve been writing and publishing eBooks for nearly seven years.

Of late, I’ve been focusing more and more on social problems, the political (and public sector) mess, and food security – which I am that concerned about, I’ve even done a PGCert to look even more closely at it!

However, as I’ve looked and thought more and more about what’s happening in the world or worlds that surround us all, a common theme has emerged that has become increasingly alarming.

It’s something that those of you who have had reason to learn about or consider psychology in your work might recognise as something akin to situation bias, where in this sense, no matter who we are and what perspective we have of the world, we aren’t open to there being a different way of looking at things.

We do this, because the experience we already have of how things work has become the stepping off point for everything, wherever and however we think and picture what the future might look like – not only for us, but for us all.

We don’t think of the future being written by our relationship with the past. But that’s how many of us are creating our plans for the future without even realising it.

Getting this point across to people who I respect and have bags of common sense, learning, intelligence and everything that makes them great isn’t easy. Because it’s pretty normal to look at life this way.

And that’s the problem.

Because we are comfortable with our own view of the world and how it makes sense to us, we are not open to other points of view that may rewrite the way we see ‘the problem’ we all have, so that it isn’t just something that we see in relation to our own lives, businesses etc – but as the problem as it really is and will become for us all.

When we can see any problem from the broader perspective and together as one, we all be ready to consider the implications and consequences of that problem more deeply; learn about it and then work collectively to find a solution that we can all own.

Having thought about this more and more – especially as I’ve watched farmers spending massive amounts of energy and time shouting at a government that isn’t going to value what they do, no matter how much noise they make – I decided that using the concept of Timelines might be a good way to share the picture or rather the different pictures of the different views, perspectives and mechanics of what may or may not be going on in the world we share around us, and what they really mean in the past, present and future tense.

Timelines are a genuinely good way to consider different perspectives. Because beyond the Marvel, woo woo or spiritual interpretations that most will almost certainly have heard of and be able to relate to at some level, the idea that there are at least as many perspectives as there are people in the world, and that at different levels these perspectives may be shared, is certainly easier to picture and validate in the sense of timelines as they are discussed within ‘Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow’.

How did we get here? Where are we going? What happens next? Why?

These are all questions we should be asking, right now.

If we can identify which shared timeline we are on, we may also see how our expectations of what is happening and what our future is likely to look like could be very wrong.

‘Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow is available to buy (for £1.99 UK at 13/01/25) as a book for Kindle immediately below, or alternatively, you can find it as a blog version which is available to read online FREE on my blog HERE. (Link to downloadable PDF is at the bottom).

It would be great to have feedback and please do DM me if you have any questions.

Thanks for your interest 😊